<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://docs.moodle.org/dev/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Jaime</id>
	<title>MoodleDocs - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Jaime"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Special:Contributions/Jaime"/>
	<updated>2026-07-31T04:15:40Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.5</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32731</id>
		<title>Using the File API in Moodle forms</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32731"/>
		<updated>2012-03-10T12:25:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jaime: /* Handling submitted data */ more readable php formatting&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 2.0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to get files from users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 all files are stored in a central database accessible via the [[File API|File API]], and every file is associated with a component and a &amp;quot;file area&amp;quot; in Moodle, such as a particular module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A common use case is to provide a form (using Moodle&#039;s [[lib/formslib.php|Forms API]]) which allows users to upload or import files as attachments or media embedded into HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally this works like this:&lt;br /&gt;
# User starts creation or re-edits an existing item in Moodle (eg forum post, resource, glossary entry etc)&lt;br /&gt;
# User presses some sort of button to browse for new files to attach or embed&lt;br /&gt;
# User sees our &amp;quot;Choose file...&amp;quot; dialog, which contains one or more repository instances. &lt;br /&gt;
# User chooses a file, the [[Repository API|Repository API]] takes care of copying the file into a &amp;quot;draft file area&amp;quot; within Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# File appears in the text or as an attachment in the form.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the user hits save, the [[File API|File API]] is invoked to move the file from the draft file area into a permanent file area associated with that data &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to interact with users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you just want to write code to manipulate Moodle files internally (without user input) then see [[File API]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form elements== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 there are three file-related form elements for interacting with users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# filemanager - the way to attach one or more files as a set&lt;br /&gt;
# editor - the way to specify a textarea with a HTML editor, and all the handling of images and movies within that HTML&lt;br /&gt;
# filepicker - a way to specify one file for the case when you want to process the file and throw it away &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 1.9 there were two other types which are now &#039;&#039;&#039;deprecated&#039;&#039;&#039; (they work, but please do not use these anymore)&lt;br /&gt;
# file - used to just allow a normal file upload from the desktop only.&lt;br /&gt;
# htmleditor - this old method of embedding a HTML editor in a textarea is not able to support repositories etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===filepicker===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File picker (&#039;&#039;filepicker&#039;&#039;) is a direct replacement of the older &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; formslib element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is intended for situations when you want the user to upload &#039;&#039;&#039;one&#039;&#039;&#039; file so you can process it and delete it, such as when you are importing data from a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using the filepicker element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filepicker&#039;, &#039;userfile&#039;, get_string(&#039;file&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                   array(&#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;*&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Obtain the chosen file ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The API for getting file contents is exactly the same as for &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$content = $mform-&amp;gt;get_file_content(&#039;userfile&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== filemanager ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The File Manager element improves on file picker by allowing you to manage more than one file.  It is expected that the files will be stored permanently for future use (such as forum and glossary attachments).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add file manager element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachments&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;moodle&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                    array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;document&#039;) ));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are the fields for filemanager:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&#039;filemanager&#039;:This is a filemanager element :)&lt;br /&gt;
;elementname:The unique name of the element in the form&lt;br /&gt;
;elementlabel:The label string that users see &lt;br /&gt;
;attributes:(leave it as null)&lt;br /&gt;
;options: an array of further options for the filepicker (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options array can contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;subdirs:(Default 1) Are subdirectories allowed?  (true or false)&lt;br /&gt;
;maxbytes:(Default 0) Restricts the total size of all the files.&lt;br /&gt;
;maxfiles:(Default -1) Restricts the total number of files.&lt;br /&gt;
;accepted_types:(Default *) You can specify what file types are accepted by filemanager.  All current file types are listed in this file: [http://cvs.moodle.org/moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm].  This is a [http://freemind.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page freemind] file: if it is edited the changes will be immediately reflected in Moodle.  Example usage:  &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;audio&#039;, &#039;video&#039;, &#039;documents&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;, you can include file extensions as well, for example: &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;*.txt&#039;, &#039;*.jpg&#039;, &#039;audio&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Load existing files into draft area ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry = new stdClass;&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftitemid = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;attachments&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
file_prepare_draft_area($draftitemid, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id,&lt;br /&gt;
                        array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;attachments = $draftitemid;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Store updated set of files ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($data = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // ... store or update $entry&lt;br /&gt;
    file_save_draft_area_files($data-&amp;gt;attachments, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                   $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===editor===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways of using the editor element in code, the first one is easier but expects some standardized fields. The second method is more low level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Simple use====&lt;br /&gt;
# name database fields: &#039;&#039;textfield&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;textfieldformat&#039;&#039; (and &#039;&#039;textfieldtrust&#039;&#039; if required)&lt;br /&gt;
# create options array.  note that context is the best, most local context you have available.  &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$textfieldoptions = array(&#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxfiles,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# add editor &#039;&#039;textfield_editor&#039;&#039; to moodle form, pass options through custom data in form constructor, set $data-&amp;gt;id to null if data not exist yet &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;textfield_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;fieldname&#039;, &#039;somemodule&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
                   null, $textfieldoptions);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_prepare_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                     &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# get submitted data and after inserting/updating of data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_postupdate_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                        &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Real world examples are in mod/glossary/edit.php and mod/glossary/comment.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Low level use====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using editor element you  need to preprocess and postprocess the data:&lt;br /&gt;
# detect if form was already submitted (usually means draft is area already exists) - &#039;&#039;file_get_submitted_draft_itemid()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare draft file area, temporary storage of all files attached to the text - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# convert encoded relative links to absolute links - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# create form and set current data&lt;br /&gt;
# after submission the changed files must be merged back into original area - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# absolute links have to be replaced by relative links - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Replace old htmleditor with editor=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file picker has been integrated with with TinyMCE to make the editor element. This new element should support all types on editors and should be able to switch them on-the-fly. Instances of the old htmleditor element in your forms should be replaced by the new editor element, this may need adding of new format and trusttext columns. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
        array(&#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; EDITOR_UNLIMITED_FILES));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The editor element can take following options: maxfiles, maxbytes, subdirs and changeformat. Please note that the embedded files is optional feature and is not expected be used everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: the editor element now includes text format option. You should no longer use the separate format element type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Prepare current data - text and files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry = new object();&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;definition = &#039;&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;format = FORMAT_HTML;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftid_editor = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;entry&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$currenttext = file_prepare_draft_area($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                                       $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $entry-&amp;gt;definition);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;entry = array(&#039;text&#039;=&amp;gt;$currenttext, &#039;format&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry-&amp;gt;format, &#039;itemid&#039;=&amp;gt;$draftid_editor);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are multiple files, they will share the same itemid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Obtain text, format and save draft files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To retrieve editor content, you need to use following code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($fromform = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // content of editor&lt;br /&gt;
    $messagetext = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;text&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
    // format of content&lt;br /&gt;
    $messageformat  = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;format&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user selects a file using the file picker, the file is initially stored in a draft file area, and a URL is inserted into the HTML in the editor that lets the person editing the content (but no one else) see the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the user submits the form, we then need to save the draft files to the correct place in permanent storage. (Just like you have to call $DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;tablename&#039;, $data); to have the other parts of the form submission stored correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The save_files_from_draft_area function and replace absolute links with internal relative links do:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_save_draft_area_files($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                                          $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $messagetext);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;component&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039; and $entry-&amp;gt;id : correspond to the contextid, filearea and itemid columns in the [[File_API#Table:_files|files table]].&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : this is the message text. As the files are saved to the real file area, the URLs in this content are rewritten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All URLs in content that point to files managed to the File API are converted to a form that starts &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; before the content is stored in the database. That is what we mean by rewriting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File serving==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Convert internal relative links to absolute links ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before text content is displayed to the user, any URLs in the &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; form in the content need to be rewritten to the real URL where the user can access the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_rewrite_pluginfile_urls($messagetext, &#039;pluginfile.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : is the content containing the @@PLUGINFILE@@ URLs from the database.&lt;br /&gt;
; &#039;pluginfile.php&#039; : there are a number of different scripts that can serve files with different permissions checks. You need to specify which one to use.&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid : uniquely identifies the file area, as before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Implement file serving access control ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attachments and embedded images should have the same access control like the text itself, in majority of cases these files are served using pluginfile.php. Access control is defined in &#039;&#039;module/lib.php&#039;&#039; file in function &#039;&#039;module_pluginfile()&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File browsing support ==&lt;br /&gt;
Only owner of each file area is allowed to use low level File API function to access files, other parts of Moodle should use file browsing API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activities may specify browsing support in own module/lib.php file by implementing functions module_get_file_areas() and module_get_file_info().&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading your code ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here I will attempt to describe some simple steps you can take to upgrade your file-handling form elements from pre-2.0 code to 2.0. We will use the example of glossary, since it has been used above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparing your options ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unless you are happy with the defaults, you will need to define an array of options for each file-handling form element. You could define it at different places, but it&#039;s best to put it in one place and make the array(s) available to other files if they need it. In the majority of cases, this will be in a file like edit.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform =&amp;amp; new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, compact(&#039;cm&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;, &#039;hook&#039;, &#039;mode&#039;, &#039;e&#039;, &#039;context&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$maxbytes = $course-&amp;gt;maxbytes;&lt;br /&gt;
// Could also use $CFG-&amp;gt;maxbytes if you are not coding within a course context&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true,&lt;br /&gt;
                           &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
                                                 &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
                                                 &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the data being passed to the form constructor have changed also, but this is not part of the file API changes, I just include them to avoid confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These options are for the htmleditor (definition field) and the filemanager (attachment field). They are used by a file called edit_form.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Element preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before we look at this, however, we need to &amp;quot;prepare&amp;quot; the elements so that they can correctly display existing embedded images and attached files when you are editing a record instead of just creating one. So, let&#039;s take the code we&#039;ve got so far in edit.php and add to it:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently upgraded code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code with element preparation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                      &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                           &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
                                                 &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
                                                 &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry in this case is simply a stdClass object which may either represent a new glossary entry or an existing one.&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry-&amp;gt;id must be the unique identifier for the current object. If we are creating a new entry, it will be null, but in all cases it must be defined.&lt;br /&gt;
* These two functions (file_prepare_standard_editor and file_prepare_standard_filemanager) are shortcuts functions that take care of some of the tedious setting up for you, but they make a couple of assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; name the form element as {element}_editor or {element}_filemanager (see next section)&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; have at least the following fields in the database: {element} and {element}summary, as described earlier in this documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can now look at the upgrades needed in the form definition file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit_form.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;htmleditor&#039;, &#039;definition&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
                    array(&#039;rows&#039;=&amp;gt;20));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition&#039;, null, &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;definition&#039;, array(&#039;writing&#039;, &#039;richtext&#039;), false, &#039;editorhelpbutton&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;format&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$this-&amp;gt;set_upload_manager(new upload_manager(&#039;attachment&#039;, true, false, $COURSE, false, 0,&lt;br /&gt;
                                             true, true, false));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;file&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;forum&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment&#039;, array(&#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
                      &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;definitionoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;attachmentoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                   $definitionoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;required&#039;), &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
                   null, $attachmentoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, array(&#039;attachment2&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                      get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* The format element and the help button are no longer required for the HTML editor element&lt;br /&gt;
* The name of the form element needs to be changed by adding &#039;_editor&#039; or &#039;_manager&#039; to the original name. This is a naming convention that is used by a couple of functions we will look at shortly&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure $definitionoptions has context parameter, else system context is used and editor will not respect filter settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Handling submitted data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The final step is to handle the submitted data properly, i.e. retrieve the files and save them to disk, associating them with the record we have just created (a glossary entry in our example). This happens in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that updates an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
$todb-&amp;gt;id = $e;&lt;br /&gt;
$dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $todb-&amp;gt;attachment = $newfilename;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that adds an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
if ($todb-&amp;gt;id = insert_record(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, $todb)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $e = $todb-&amp;gt;id;&lt;br /&gt;
    $dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
    if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
        set_field(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, $newfilename, &amp;quot;id&amp;quot;, $todb-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// $todb was renamed to $entry, and the code was refactored &lt;br /&gt;
// so that the file-handling code is only used once for either an add or an update action.&lt;br /&gt;
// If an entry is being added, $DB-&amp;gt;insert() has already been called, so we have a valid $entry-&amp;gt;id&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                         &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                              &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
// store the updated value values&lt;br /&gt;
$DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;glossary_entries&#039;, $entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are adding a new record, you will still need to call update_record after calling the file_postupdate* functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Gotchas ===&lt;br /&gt;
A few things to keep in mind:&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that you instantiate the moodle form before any call to $OUTPUT-&amp;gt;header()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using the file API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Repository API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Portfolio API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* MDL-14589 - File API Meta issue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Repositories]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jaime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32729</id>
		<title>Using the File API in Moodle forms</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32729"/>
		<updated>2012-03-10T12:23:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jaime: /* Form definition */ more readable php formatting&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 2.0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to get files from users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 all files are stored in a central database accessible via the [[File API|File API]], and every file is associated with a component and a &amp;quot;file area&amp;quot; in Moodle, such as a particular module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A common use case is to provide a form (using Moodle&#039;s [[lib/formslib.php|Forms API]]) which allows users to upload or import files as attachments or media embedded into HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally this works like this:&lt;br /&gt;
# User starts creation or re-edits an existing item in Moodle (eg forum post, resource, glossary entry etc)&lt;br /&gt;
# User presses some sort of button to browse for new files to attach or embed&lt;br /&gt;
# User sees our &amp;quot;Choose file...&amp;quot; dialog, which contains one or more repository instances. &lt;br /&gt;
# User chooses a file, the [[Repository API|Repository API]] takes care of copying the file into a &amp;quot;draft file area&amp;quot; within Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# File appears in the text or as an attachment in the form.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the user hits save, the [[File API|File API]] is invoked to move the file from the draft file area into a permanent file area associated with that data &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to interact with users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you just want to write code to manipulate Moodle files internally (without user input) then see [[File API]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form elements== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 there are three file-related form elements for interacting with users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# filemanager - the way to attach one or more files as a set&lt;br /&gt;
# editor - the way to specify a textarea with a HTML editor, and all the handling of images and movies within that HTML&lt;br /&gt;
# filepicker - a way to specify one file for the case when you want to process the file and throw it away &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 1.9 there were two other types which are now &#039;&#039;&#039;deprecated&#039;&#039;&#039; (they work, but please do not use these anymore)&lt;br /&gt;
# file - used to just allow a normal file upload from the desktop only.&lt;br /&gt;
# htmleditor - this old method of embedding a HTML editor in a textarea is not able to support repositories etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===filepicker===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File picker (&#039;&#039;filepicker&#039;&#039;) is a direct replacement of the older &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; formslib element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is intended for situations when you want the user to upload &#039;&#039;&#039;one&#039;&#039;&#039; file so you can process it and delete it, such as when you are importing data from a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using the filepicker element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filepicker&#039;, &#039;userfile&#039;, get_string(&#039;file&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                   array(&#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;*&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Obtain the chosen file ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The API for getting file contents is exactly the same as for &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$content = $mform-&amp;gt;get_file_content(&#039;userfile&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== filemanager ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The File Manager element improves on file picker by allowing you to manage more than one file.  It is expected that the files will be stored permanently for future use (such as forum and glossary attachments).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add file manager element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachments&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;moodle&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                    array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;document&#039;) ));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are the fields for filemanager:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&#039;filemanager&#039;:This is a filemanager element :)&lt;br /&gt;
;elementname:The unique name of the element in the form&lt;br /&gt;
;elementlabel:The label string that users see &lt;br /&gt;
;attributes:(leave it as null)&lt;br /&gt;
;options: an array of further options for the filepicker (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options array can contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;subdirs:(Default 1) Are subdirectories allowed?  (true or false)&lt;br /&gt;
;maxbytes:(Default 0) Restricts the total size of all the files.&lt;br /&gt;
;maxfiles:(Default -1) Restricts the total number of files.&lt;br /&gt;
;accepted_types:(Default *) You can specify what file types are accepted by filemanager.  All current file types are listed in this file: [http://cvs.moodle.org/moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm].  This is a [http://freemind.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page freemind] file: if it is edited the changes will be immediately reflected in Moodle.  Example usage:  &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;audio&#039;, &#039;video&#039;, &#039;documents&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;, you can include file extensions as well, for example: &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;*.txt&#039;, &#039;*.jpg&#039;, &#039;audio&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Load existing files into draft area ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry = new stdClass;&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftitemid = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;attachments&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
file_prepare_draft_area($draftitemid, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id,&lt;br /&gt;
                        array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;attachments = $draftitemid;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Store updated set of files ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($data = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // ... store or update $entry&lt;br /&gt;
    file_save_draft_area_files($data-&amp;gt;attachments, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                   $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===editor===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways of using the editor element in code, the first one is easier but expects some standardized fields. The second method is more low level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Simple use====&lt;br /&gt;
# name database fields: &#039;&#039;textfield&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;textfieldformat&#039;&#039; (and &#039;&#039;textfieldtrust&#039;&#039; if required)&lt;br /&gt;
# create options array.  note that context is the best, most local context you have available.  &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$textfieldoptions = array(&#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxfiles,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# add editor &#039;&#039;textfield_editor&#039;&#039; to moodle form, pass options through custom data in form constructor, set $data-&amp;gt;id to null if data not exist yet &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;textfield_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;fieldname&#039;, &#039;somemodule&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
                   null, $textfieldoptions);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_prepare_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                     &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# get submitted data and after inserting/updating of data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_postupdate_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                        &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Real world examples are in mod/glossary/edit.php and mod/glossary/comment.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Low level use====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using editor element you  need to preprocess and postprocess the data:&lt;br /&gt;
# detect if form was already submitted (usually means draft is area already exists) - &#039;&#039;file_get_submitted_draft_itemid()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare draft file area, temporary storage of all files attached to the text - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# convert encoded relative links to absolute links - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# create form and set current data&lt;br /&gt;
# after submission the changed files must be merged back into original area - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# absolute links have to be replaced by relative links - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Replace old htmleditor with editor=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file picker has been integrated with with TinyMCE to make the editor element. This new element should support all types on editors and should be able to switch them on-the-fly. Instances of the old htmleditor element in your forms should be replaced by the new editor element, this may need adding of new format and trusttext columns. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
        array(&#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; EDITOR_UNLIMITED_FILES));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The editor element can take following options: maxfiles, maxbytes, subdirs and changeformat. Please note that the embedded files is optional feature and is not expected be used everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: the editor element now includes text format option. You should no longer use the separate format element type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Prepare current data - text and files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry = new object();&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;definition = &#039;&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;format = FORMAT_HTML;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftid_editor = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;entry&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$currenttext = file_prepare_draft_area($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                                       $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $entry-&amp;gt;definition);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;entry = array(&#039;text&#039;=&amp;gt;$currenttext, &#039;format&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry-&amp;gt;format, &#039;itemid&#039;=&amp;gt;$draftid_editor);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are multiple files, they will share the same itemid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Obtain text, format and save draft files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To retrieve editor content, you need to use following code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($fromform = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // content of editor&lt;br /&gt;
    $messagetext = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;text&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
    // format of content&lt;br /&gt;
    $messageformat  = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;format&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user selects a file using the file picker, the file is initially stored in a draft file area, and a URL is inserted into the HTML in the editor that lets the person editing the content (but no one else) see the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the user submits the form, we then need to save the draft files to the correct place in permanent storage. (Just like you have to call $DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;tablename&#039;, $data); to have the other parts of the form submission stored correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The save_files_from_draft_area function and replace absolute links with internal relative links do:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_save_draft_area_files($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                                          $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $messagetext);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;component&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039; and $entry-&amp;gt;id : correspond to the contextid, filearea and itemid columns in the [[File_API#Table:_files|files table]].&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : this is the message text. As the files are saved to the real file area, the URLs in this content are rewritten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All URLs in content that point to files managed to the File API are converted to a form that starts &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; before the content is stored in the database. That is what we mean by rewriting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File serving==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Convert internal relative links to absolute links ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before text content is displayed to the user, any URLs in the &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; form in the content need to be rewritten to the real URL where the user can access the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_rewrite_pluginfile_urls($messagetext, &#039;pluginfile.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : is the content containing the @@PLUGINFILE@@ URLs from the database.&lt;br /&gt;
; &#039;pluginfile.php&#039; : there are a number of different scripts that can serve files with different permissions checks. You need to specify which one to use.&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid : uniquely identifies the file area, as before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Implement file serving access control ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attachments and embedded images should have the same access control like the text itself, in majority of cases these files are served using pluginfile.php. Access control is defined in &#039;&#039;module/lib.php&#039;&#039; file in function &#039;&#039;module_pluginfile()&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File browsing support ==&lt;br /&gt;
Only owner of each file area is allowed to use low level File API function to access files, other parts of Moodle should use file browsing API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activities may specify browsing support in own module/lib.php file by implementing functions module_get_file_areas() and module_get_file_info().&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading your code ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here I will attempt to describe some simple steps you can take to upgrade your file-handling form elements from pre-2.0 code to 2.0. We will use the example of glossary, since it has been used above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparing your options ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unless you are happy with the defaults, you will need to define an array of options for each file-handling form element. You could define it at different places, but it&#039;s best to put it in one place and make the array(s) available to other files if they need it. In the majority of cases, this will be in a file like edit.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform =&amp;amp; new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, compact(&#039;cm&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;, &#039;hook&#039;, &#039;mode&#039;, &#039;e&#039;, &#039;context&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$maxbytes = $course-&amp;gt;maxbytes;&lt;br /&gt;
// Could also use $CFG-&amp;gt;maxbytes if you are not coding within a course context&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true,&lt;br /&gt;
                           &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
                                                 &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
                                                 &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the data being passed to the form constructor have changed also, but this is not part of the file API changes, I just include them to avoid confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These options are for the htmleditor (definition field) and the filemanager (attachment field). They are used by a file called edit_form.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Element preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before we look at this, however, we need to &amp;quot;prepare&amp;quot; the elements so that they can correctly display existing embedded images and attached files when you are editing a record instead of just creating one. So, let&#039;s take the code we&#039;ve got so far in edit.php and add to it:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently upgraded code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code with element preparation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                      &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                           &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
                                                 &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
                                                 &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry in this case is simply a stdClass object which may either represent a new glossary entry or an existing one.&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry-&amp;gt;id must be the unique identifier for the current object. If we are creating a new entry, it will be null, but in all cases it must be defined.&lt;br /&gt;
* These two functions (file_prepare_standard_editor and file_prepare_standard_filemanager) are shortcuts functions that take care of some of the tedious setting up for you, but they make a couple of assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; name the form element as {element}_editor or {element}_filemanager (see next section)&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; have at least the following fields in the database: {element} and {element}summary, as described earlier in this documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can now look at the upgrades needed in the form definition file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit_form.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;htmleditor&#039;, &#039;definition&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
                    array(&#039;rows&#039;=&amp;gt;20));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition&#039;, null, &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;definition&#039;, array(&#039;writing&#039;, &#039;richtext&#039;), false, &#039;editorhelpbutton&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;format&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$this-&amp;gt;set_upload_manager(new upload_manager(&#039;attachment&#039;, true, false, $COURSE, false, 0,&lt;br /&gt;
                                             true, true, false));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;file&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;forum&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment&#039;, array(&#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
                      &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;definitionoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;attachmentoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                   $definitionoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;required&#039;), &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
                   null, $attachmentoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, array(&#039;attachment2&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                      get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* The format element and the help button are no longer required for the HTML editor element&lt;br /&gt;
* The name of the form element needs to be changed by adding &#039;_editor&#039; or &#039;_manager&#039; to the original name. This is a naming convention that is used by a couple of functions we will look at shortly&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure $definitionoptions has context parameter, else system context is used and editor will not respect filter settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Handling submitted data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The final step is to handle the submitted data properly, i.e. retrieve the files and save them to disk, associating them with the record we have just created (a glossary entry in our example). This happens in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that updates an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
$todb-&amp;gt;id = $e;&lt;br /&gt;
$dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $todb-&amp;gt;attachment = $newfilename;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that adds an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
if ($todb-&amp;gt;id = insert_record(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, $todb)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $e = $todb-&amp;gt;id;&lt;br /&gt;
    $dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
    if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
        set_field(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, $newfilename, &amp;quot;id&amp;quot;, $todb-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// $todb was renamed to $entry, and the code was refactored &lt;br /&gt;
// so that the file-handling code is only used once for either an add or an update action.&lt;br /&gt;
// If an entry is being added, $DB-&amp;gt;insert() has already been called, so we have a valid $entry-&amp;gt;id&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
// store the updated value values&lt;br /&gt;
$DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;glossary_entries&#039;, $entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are adding a new record, you will still need to call update_record after calling the file_postupdate* functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Gotchas ===&lt;br /&gt;
A few things to keep in mind:&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that you instantiate the moodle form before any call to $OUTPUT-&amp;gt;header()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using the file API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Repository API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Portfolio API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* MDL-14589 - File API Meta issue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Repositories]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jaime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32728</id>
		<title>Using the File API in Moodle forms</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32728"/>
		<updated>2012-03-10T12:19:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jaime: /* Element preparation */ more readable php formatting&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 2.0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to get files from users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 all files are stored in a central database accessible via the [[File API|File API]], and every file is associated with a component and a &amp;quot;file area&amp;quot; in Moodle, such as a particular module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A common use case is to provide a form (using Moodle&#039;s [[lib/formslib.php|Forms API]]) which allows users to upload or import files as attachments or media embedded into HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally this works like this:&lt;br /&gt;
# User starts creation or re-edits an existing item in Moodle (eg forum post, resource, glossary entry etc)&lt;br /&gt;
# User presses some sort of button to browse for new files to attach or embed&lt;br /&gt;
# User sees our &amp;quot;Choose file...&amp;quot; dialog, which contains one or more repository instances. &lt;br /&gt;
# User chooses a file, the [[Repository API|Repository API]] takes care of copying the file into a &amp;quot;draft file area&amp;quot; within Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# File appears in the text or as an attachment in the form.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the user hits save, the [[File API|File API]] is invoked to move the file from the draft file area into a permanent file area associated with that data &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to interact with users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you just want to write code to manipulate Moodle files internally (without user input) then see [[File API]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form elements== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 there are three file-related form elements for interacting with users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# filemanager - the way to attach one or more files as a set&lt;br /&gt;
# editor - the way to specify a textarea with a HTML editor, and all the handling of images and movies within that HTML&lt;br /&gt;
# filepicker - a way to specify one file for the case when you want to process the file and throw it away &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 1.9 there were two other types which are now &#039;&#039;&#039;deprecated&#039;&#039;&#039; (they work, but please do not use these anymore)&lt;br /&gt;
# file - used to just allow a normal file upload from the desktop only.&lt;br /&gt;
# htmleditor - this old method of embedding a HTML editor in a textarea is not able to support repositories etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===filepicker===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File picker (&#039;&#039;filepicker&#039;&#039;) is a direct replacement of the older &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; formslib element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is intended for situations when you want the user to upload &#039;&#039;&#039;one&#039;&#039;&#039; file so you can process it and delete it, such as when you are importing data from a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using the filepicker element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filepicker&#039;, &#039;userfile&#039;, get_string(&#039;file&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                   array(&#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;*&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Obtain the chosen file ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The API for getting file contents is exactly the same as for &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$content = $mform-&amp;gt;get_file_content(&#039;userfile&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== filemanager ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The File Manager element improves on file picker by allowing you to manage more than one file.  It is expected that the files will be stored permanently for future use (such as forum and glossary attachments).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add file manager element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachments&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;moodle&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                    array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;document&#039;) ));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are the fields for filemanager:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&#039;filemanager&#039;:This is a filemanager element :)&lt;br /&gt;
;elementname:The unique name of the element in the form&lt;br /&gt;
;elementlabel:The label string that users see &lt;br /&gt;
;attributes:(leave it as null)&lt;br /&gt;
;options: an array of further options for the filepicker (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options array can contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;subdirs:(Default 1) Are subdirectories allowed?  (true or false)&lt;br /&gt;
;maxbytes:(Default 0) Restricts the total size of all the files.&lt;br /&gt;
;maxfiles:(Default -1) Restricts the total number of files.&lt;br /&gt;
;accepted_types:(Default *) You can specify what file types are accepted by filemanager.  All current file types are listed in this file: [http://cvs.moodle.org/moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm].  This is a [http://freemind.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page freemind] file: if it is edited the changes will be immediately reflected in Moodle.  Example usage:  &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;audio&#039;, &#039;video&#039;, &#039;documents&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;, you can include file extensions as well, for example: &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;*.txt&#039;, &#039;*.jpg&#039;, &#039;audio&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Load existing files into draft area ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry = new stdClass;&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftitemid = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;attachments&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
file_prepare_draft_area($draftitemid, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id,&lt;br /&gt;
                        array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;attachments = $draftitemid;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Store updated set of files ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($data = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // ... store or update $entry&lt;br /&gt;
    file_save_draft_area_files($data-&amp;gt;attachments, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                   $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===editor===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways of using the editor element in code, the first one is easier but expects some standardized fields. The second method is more low level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Simple use====&lt;br /&gt;
# name database fields: &#039;&#039;textfield&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;textfieldformat&#039;&#039; (and &#039;&#039;textfieldtrust&#039;&#039; if required)&lt;br /&gt;
# create options array.  note that context is the best, most local context you have available.  &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$textfieldoptions = array(&#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxfiles,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# add editor &#039;&#039;textfield_editor&#039;&#039; to moodle form, pass options through custom data in form constructor, set $data-&amp;gt;id to null if data not exist yet &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;textfield_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;fieldname&#039;, &#039;somemodule&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
                   null, $textfieldoptions);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_prepare_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                     &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# get submitted data and after inserting/updating of data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_postupdate_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                        &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Real world examples are in mod/glossary/edit.php and mod/glossary/comment.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Low level use====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using editor element you  need to preprocess and postprocess the data:&lt;br /&gt;
# detect if form was already submitted (usually means draft is area already exists) - &#039;&#039;file_get_submitted_draft_itemid()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare draft file area, temporary storage of all files attached to the text - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# convert encoded relative links to absolute links - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# create form and set current data&lt;br /&gt;
# after submission the changed files must be merged back into original area - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# absolute links have to be replaced by relative links - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Replace old htmleditor with editor=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file picker has been integrated with with TinyMCE to make the editor element. This new element should support all types on editors and should be able to switch them on-the-fly. Instances of the old htmleditor element in your forms should be replaced by the new editor element, this may need adding of new format and trusttext columns. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
        array(&#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; EDITOR_UNLIMITED_FILES));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The editor element can take following options: maxfiles, maxbytes, subdirs and changeformat. Please note that the embedded files is optional feature and is not expected be used everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: the editor element now includes text format option. You should no longer use the separate format element type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Prepare current data - text and files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry = new object();&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;definition = &#039;&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;format = FORMAT_HTML;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftid_editor = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;entry&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$currenttext = file_prepare_draft_area($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                                       $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $entry-&amp;gt;definition);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;entry = array(&#039;text&#039;=&amp;gt;$currenttext, &#039;format&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry-&amp;gt;format, &#039;itemid&#039;=&amp;gt;$draftid_editor);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are multiple files, they will share the same itemid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Obtain text, format and save draft files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To retrieve editor content, you need to use following code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($fromform = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // content of editor&lt;br /&gt;
    $messagetext = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;text&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
    // format of content&lt;br /&gt;
    $messageformat  = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;format&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user selects a file using the file picker, the file is initially stored in a draft file area, and a URL is inserted into the HTML in the editor that lets the person editing the content (but no one else) see the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the user submits the form, we then need to save the draft files to the correct place in permanent storage. (Just like you have to call $DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;tablename&#039;, $data); to have the other parts of the form submission stored correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The save_files_from_draft_area function and replace absolute links with internal relative links do:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_save_draft_area_files($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                                          $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $messagetext);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;component&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039; and $entry-&amp;gt;id : correspond to the contextid, filearea and itemid columns in the [[File_API#Table:_files|files table]].&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : this is the message text. As the files are saved to the real file area, the URLs in this content are rewritten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All URLs in content that point to files managed to the File API are converted to a form that starts &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; before the content is stored in the database. That is what we mean by rewriting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File serving==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Convert internal relative links to absolute links ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before text content is displayed to the user, any URLs in the &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; form in the content need to be rewritten to the real URL where the user can access the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_rewrite_pluginfile_urls($messagetext, &#039;pluginfile.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : is the content containing the @@PLUGINFILE@@ URLs from the database.&lt;br /&gt;
; &#039;pluginfile.php&#039; : there are a number of different scripts that can serve files with different permissions checks. You need to specify which one to use.&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid : uniquely identifies the file area, as before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Implement file serving access control ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attachments and embedded images should have the same access control like the text itself, in majority of cases these files are served using pluginfile.php. Access control is defined in &#039;&#039;module/lib.php&#039;&#039; file in function &#039;&#039;module_pluginfile()&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File browsing support ==&lt;br /&gt;
Only owner of each file area is allowed to use low level File API function to access files, other parts of Moodle should use file browsing API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activities may specify browsing support in own module/lib.php file by implementing functions module_get_file_areas() and module_get_file_info().&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading your code ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here I will attempt to describe some simple steps you can take to upgrade your file-handling form elements from pre-2.0 code to 2.0. We will use the example of glossary, since it has been used above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparing your options ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unless you are happy with the defaults, you will need to define an array of options for each file-handling form element. You could define it at different places, but it&#039;s best to put it in one place and make the array(s) available to other files if they need it. In the majority of cases, this will be in a file like edit.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform =&amp;amp; new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, compact(&#039;cm&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;, &#039;hook&#039;, &#039;mode&#039;, &#039;e&#039;, &#039;context&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$maxbytes = $course-&amp;gt;maxbytes;&lt;br /&gt;
// Could also use $CFG-&amp;gt;maxbytes if you are not coding within a course context&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true,&lt;br /&gt;
                           &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
                                                 &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
                                                 &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the data being passed to the form constructor have changed also, but this is not part of the file API changes, I just include them to avoid confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These options are for the htmleditor (definition field) and the filemanager (attachment field). They are used by a file called edit_form.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Element preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before we look at this, however, we need to &amp;quot;prepare&amp;quot; the elements so that they can correctly display existing embedded images and attached files when you are editing a record instead of just creating one. So, let&#039;s take the code we&#039;ve got so far in edit.php and add to it:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently upgraded code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code with element preparation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                      &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                           &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
                                                 &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
                                                 &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry in this case is simply a stdClass object which may either represent a new glossary entry or an existing one.&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry-&amp;gt;id must be the unique identifier for the current object. If we are creating a new entry, it will be null, but in all cases it must be defined.&lt;br /&gt;
* These two functions (file_prepare_standard_editor and file_prepare_standard_filemanager) are shortcuts functions that take care of some of the tedious setting up for you, but they make a couple of assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; name the form element as {element}_editor or {element}_filemanager (see next section)&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; have at least the following fields in the database: {element} and {element}summary, as described earlier in this documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can now look at the upgrades needed in the form definition file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit_form.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;htmleditor&#039;, &#039;definition&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), array(&#039;rows&#039;=&amp;gt;20));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition&#039;, null, &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;definition&#039;, array(&#039;writing&#039;, &#039;richtext&#039;), false, &#039;editorhelpbutton&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;format&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$this-&amp;gt;set_upload_manager(new upload_manager(&#039;attachment&#039;, true, false, $COURSE, false, 0, true, true, false));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;file&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;forum&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment&#039;, array(&#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;definitionoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;attachmentoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $definitionoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;required&#039;), &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $attachmentoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, array(&#039;attachment2&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* The format element and the help button are no longer required for the HTML editor element&lt;br /&gt;
* The name of the form element needs to be changed by adding &#039;_editor&#039; or &#039;_manager&#039; to the original name. This is a naming convention that is used by a couple of functions we will look at shortly&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure $definitionoptions has context parameter, else system context is used and editor will not respect filter settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Handling submitted data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The final step is to handle the submitted data properly, i.e. retrieve the files and save them to disk, associating them with the record we have just created (a glossary entry in our example). This happens in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that updates an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
$todb-&amp;gt;id = $e;&lt;br /&gt;
$dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $todb-&amp;gt;attachment = $newfilename;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that adds an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
if ($todb-&amp;gt;id = insert_record(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, $todb)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $e = $todb-&amp;gt;id;&lt;br /&gt;
    $dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
    if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
        set_field(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, $newfilename, &amp;quot;id&amp;quot;, $todb-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// $todb was renamed to $entry, and the code was refactored &lt;br /&gt;
// so that the file-handling code is only used once for either an add or an update action.&lt;br /&gt;
// If an entry is being added, $DB-&amp;gt;insert() has already been called, so we have a valid $entry-&amp;gt;id&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
// store the updated value values&lt;br /&gt;
$DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;glossary_entries&#039;, $entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are adding a new record, you will still need to call update_record after calling the file_postupdate* functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Gotchas ===&lt;br /&gt;
A few things to keep in mind:&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that you instantiate the moodle form before any call to $OUTPUT-&amp;gt;header()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using the file API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Repository API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Portfolio API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* MDL-14589 - File API Meta issue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Repositories]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jaime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32727</id>
		<title>Using the File API in Moodle forms</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32727"/>
		<updated>2012-03-10T12:13:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jaime: /* Preparing your options */ better php formatting for easier reading&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 2.0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to get files from users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 all files are stored in a central database accessible via the [[File API|File API]], and every file is associated with a component and a &amp;quot;file area&amp;quot; in Moodle, such as a particular module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A common use case is to provide a form (using Moodle&#039;s [[lib/formslib.php|Forms API]]) which allows users to upload or import files as attachments or media embedded into HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally this works like this:&lt;br /&gt;
# User starts creation or re-edits an existing item in Moodle (eg forum post, resource, glossary entry etc)&lt;br /&gt;
# User presses some sort of button to browse for new files to attach or embed&lt;br /&gt;
# User sees our &amp;quot;Choose file...&amp;quot; dialog, which contains one or more repository instances. &lt;br /&gt;
# User chooses a file, the [[Repository API|Repository API]] takes care of copying the file into a &amp;quot;draft file area&amp;quot; within Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# File appears in the text or as an attachment in the form.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the user hits save, the [[File API|File API]] is invoked to move the file from the draft file area into a permanent file area associated with that data &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to interact with users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you just want to write code to manipulate Moodle files internally (without user input) then see [[File API]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form elements== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 there are three file-related form elements for interacting with users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# filemanager - the way to attach one or more files as a set&lt;br /&gt;
# editor - the way to specify a textarea with a HTML editor, and all the handling of images and movies within that HTML&lt;br /&gt;
# filepicker - a way to specify one file for the case when you want to process the file and throw it away &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 1.9 there were two other types which are now &#039;&#039;&#039;deprecated&#039;&#039;&#039; (they work, but please do not use these anymore)&lt;br /&gt;
# file - used to just allow a normal file upload from the desktop only.&lt;br /&gt;
# htmleditor - this old method of embedding a HTML editor in a textarea is not able to support repositories etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===filepicker===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File picker (&#039;&#039;filepicker&#039;&#039;) is a direct replacement of the older &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; formslib element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is intended for situations when you want the user to upload &#039;&#039;&#039;one&#039;&#039;&#039; file so you can process it and delete it, such as when you are importing data from a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using the filepicker element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filepicker&#039;, &#039;userfile&#039;, get_string(&#039;file&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                   array(&#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;*&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Obtain the chosen file ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The API for getting file contents is exactly the same as for &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$content = $mform-&amp;gt;get_file_content(&#039;userfile&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== filemanager ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The File Manager element improves on file picker by allowing you to manage more than one file.  It is expected that the files will be stored permanently for future use (such as forum and glossary attachments).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add file manager element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachments&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;moodle&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                    array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;document&#039;) ));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are the fields for filemanager:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&#039;filemanager&#039;:This is a filemanager element :)&lt;br /&gt;
;elementname:The unique name of the element in the form&lt;br /&gt;
;elementlabel:The label string that users see &lt;br /&gt;
;attributes:(leave it as null)&lt;br /&gt;
;options: an array of further options for the filepicker (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options array can contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;subdirs:(Default 1) Are subdirectories allowed?  (true or false)&lt;br /&gt;
;maxbytes:(Default 0) Restricts the total size of all the files.&lt;br /&gt;
;maxfiles:(Default -1) Restricts the total number of files.&lt;br /&gt;
;accepted_types:(Default *) You can specify what file types are accepted by filemanager.  All current file types are listed in this file: [http://cvs.moodle.org/moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm].  This is a [http://freemind.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page freemind] file: if it is edited the changes will be immediately reflected in Moodle.  Example usage:  &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;audio&#039;, &#039;video&#039;, &#039;documents&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;, you can include file extensions as well, for example: &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;*.txt&#039;, &#039;*.jpg&#039;, &#039;audio&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Load existing files into draft area ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry = new stdClass;&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftitemid = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;attachments&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
file_prepare_draft_area($draftitemid, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id,&lt;br /&gt;
                        array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;attachments = $draftitemid;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Store updated set of files ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($data = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // ... store or update $entry&lt;br /&gt;
    file_save_draft_area_files($data-&amp;gt;attachments, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                   $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===editor===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways of using the editor element in code, the first one is easier but expects some standardized fields. The second method is more low level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Simple use====&lt;br /&gt;
# name database fields: &#039;&#039;textfield&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;textfieldformat&#039;&#039; (and &#039;&#039;textfieldtrust&#039;&#039; if required)&lt;br /&gt;
# create options array.  note that context is the best, most local context you have available.  &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$textfieldoptions = array(&#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxfiles,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# add editor &#039;&#039;textfield_editor&#039;&#039; to moodle form, pass options through custom data in form constructor, set $data-&amp;gt;id to null if data not exist yet &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;textfield_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;fieldname&#039;, &#039;somemodule&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
                   null, $textfieldoptions);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_prepare_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                     &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# get submitted data and after inserting/updating of data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_postupdate_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                        &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Real world examples are in mod/glossary/edit.php and mod/glossary/comment.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Low level use====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using editor element you  need to preprocess and postprocess the data:&lt;br /&gt;
# detect if form was already submitted (usually means draft is area already exists) - &#039;&#039;file_get_submitted_draft_itemid()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare draft file area, temporary storage of all files attached to the text - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# convert encoded relative links to absolute links - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# create form and set current data&lt;br /&gt;
# after submission the changed files must be merged back into original area - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# absolute links have to be replaced by relative links - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Replace old htmleditor with editor=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file picker has been integrated with with TinyMCE to make the editor element. This new element should support all types on editors and should be able to switch them on-the-fly. Instances of the old htmleditor element in your forms should be replaced by the new editor element, this may need adding of new format and trusttext columns. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
        array(&#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; EDITOR_UNLIMITED_FILES));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The editor element can take following options: maxfiles, maxbytes, subdirs and changeformat. Please note that the embedded files is optional feature and is not expected be used everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: the editor element now includes text format option. You should no longer use the separate format element type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Prepare current data - text and files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry = new object();&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;definition = &#039;&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;format = FORMAT_HTML;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftid_editor = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;entry&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$currenttext = file_prepare_draft_area($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                                       $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $entry-&amp;gt;definition);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;entry = array(&#039;text&#039;=&amp;gt;$currenttext, &#039;format&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry-&amp;gt;format, &#039;itemid&#039;=&amp;gt;$draftid_editor);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are multiple files, they will share the same itemid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Obtain text, format and save draft files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To retrieve editor content, you need to use following code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($fromform = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // content of editor&lt;br /&gt;
    $messagetext = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;text&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
    // format of content&lt;br /&gt;
    $messageformat  = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;format&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user selects a file using the file picker, the file is initially stored in a draft file area, and a URL is inserted into the HTML in the editor that lets the person editing the content (but no one else) see the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the user submits the form, we then need to save the draft files to the correct place in permanent storage. (Just like you have to call $DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;tablename&#039;, $data); to have the other parts of the form submission stored correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The save_files_from_draft_area function and replace absolute links with internal relative links do:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_save_draft_area_files($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                                          $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $messagetext);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;component&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039; and $entry-&amp;gt;id : correspond to the contextid, filearea and itemid columns in the [[File_API#Table:_files|files table]].&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : this is the message text. As the files are saved to the real file area, the URLs in this content are rewritten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All URLs in content that point to files managed to the File API are converted to a form that starts &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; before the content is stored in the database. That is what we mean by rewriting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File serving==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Convert internal relative links to absolute links ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before text content is displayed to the user, any URLs in the &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; form in the content need to be rewritten to the real URL where the user can access the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_rewrite_pluginfile_urls($messagetext, &#039;pluginfile.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : is the content containing the @@PLUGINFILE@@ URLs from the database.&lt;br /&gt;
; &#039;pluginfile.php&#039; : there are a number of different scripts that can serve files with different permissions checks. You need to specify which one to use.&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid : uniquely identifies the file area, as before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Implement file serving access control ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attachments and embedded images should have the same access control like the text itself, in majority of cases these files are served using pluginfile.php. Access control is defined in &#039;&#039;module/lib.php&#039;&#039; file in function &#039;&#039;module_pluginfile()&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File browsing support ==&lt;br /&gt;
Only owner of each file area is allowed to use low level File API function to access files, other parts of Moodle should use file browsing API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activities may specify browsing support in own module/lib.php file by implementing functions module_get_file_areas() and module_get_file_info().&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading your code ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here I will attempt to describe some simple steps you can take to upgrade your file-handling form elements from pre-2.0 code to 2.0. We will use the example of glossary, since it has been used above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparing your options ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unless you are happy with the defaults, you will need to define an array of options for each file-handling form element. You could define it at different places, but it&#039;s best to put it in one place and make the array(s) available to other files if they need it. In the majority of cases, this will be in a file like edit.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform =&amp;amp; new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, compact(&#039;cm&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;, &#039;hook&#039;, &#039;mode&#039;, &#039;e&#039;, &#039;context&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$maxbytes = $course-&amp;gt;maxbytes;&lt;br /&gt;
// Could also use $CFG-&amp;gt;maxbytes if you are not coding within a course context&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true,&lt;br /&gt;
                           &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
                                                 &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
                                                 &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the data being passed to the form constructor have changed also, but this is not part of the file API changes, I just include them to avoid confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These options are for the htmleditor (definition field) and the filemanager (attachment field). They are used by a file called edit_form.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Element preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before we look at this, however, we need to &amp;quot;prepare&amp;quot; the elements so that they can correctly display existing embedded images and attached files when you are editing a record instead of just creating one. So, let&#039;s take the code we&#039;ve got so far in edit.php and add to it:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently upgraded code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code with element preparation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry in this case is simply a stdClass object which may either represent a new glossary entry or an existing one.&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry-&amp;gt;id must be the unique identifier for the current object. If we are creating a new entry, it will be null, but in all cases it must be defined.&lt;br /&gt;
* These two functions (file_prepare_standard_editor and file_prepare_standard_filemanager) are shortcuts functions that take care of some of the tedious setting up for you, but they make a couple of assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; name the form element as {element}_editor or {element}_filemanager (see next section)&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; have at least the following fields in the database: {element} and {element}summary, as described earlier in this documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can now look at the upgrades needed in the form definition file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit_form.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;htmleditor&#039;, &#039;definition&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), array(&#039;rows&#039;=&amp;gt;20));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition&#039;, null, &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;definition&#039;, array(&#039;writing&#039;, &#039;richtext&#039;), false, &#039;editorhelpbutton&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;format&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$this-&amp;gt;set_upload_manager(new upload_manager(&#039;attachment&#039;, true, false, $COURSE, false, 0, true, true, false));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;file&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;forum&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment&#039;, array(&#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;definitionoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;attachmentoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $definitionoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;required&#039;), &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $attachmentoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, array(&#039;attachment2&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* The format element and the help button are no longer required for the HTML editor element&lt;br /&gt;
* The name of the form element needs to be changed by adding &#039;_editor&#039; or &#039;_manager&#039; to the original name. This is a naming convention that is used by a couple of functions we will look at shortly&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure $definitionoptions has context parameter, else system context is used and editor will not respect filter settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Handling submitted data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The final step is to handle the submitted data properly, i.e. retrieve the files and save them to disk, associating them with the record we have just created (a glossary entry in our example). This happens in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that updates an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
$todb-&amp;gt;id = $e;&lt;br /&gt;
$dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $todb-&amp;gt;attachment = $newfilename;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that adds an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
if ($todb-&amp;gt;id = insert_record(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, $todb)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $e = $todb-&amp;gt;id;&lt;br /&gt;
    $dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
    if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
        set_field(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, $newfilename, &amp;quot;id&amp;quot;, $todb-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// $todb was renamed to $entry, and the code was refactored &lt;br /&gt;
// so that the file-handling code is only used once for either an add or an update action.&lt;br /&gt;
// If an entry is being added, $DB-&amp;gt;insert() has already been called, so we have a valid $entry-&amp;gt;id&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
// store the updated value values&lt;br /&gt;
$DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;glossary_entries&#039;, $entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are adding a new record, you will still need to call update_record after calling the file_postupdate* functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Gotchas ===&lt;br /&gt;
A few things to keep in mind:&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that you instantiate the moodle form before any call to $OUTPUT-&amp;gt;header()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using the file API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Repository API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Portfolio API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* MDL-14589 - File API Meta issue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Repositories]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jaime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32726</id>
		<title>Using the File API in Moodle forms</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32726"/>
		<updated>2012-03-10T12:10:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jaime: /* Obtain text, format and save draft files */ breaks long line&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 2.0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to get files from users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 all files are stored in a central database accessible via the [[File API|File API]], and every file is associated with a component and a &amp;quot;file area&amp;quot; in Moodle, such as a particular module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A common use case is to provide a form (using Moodle&#039;s [[lib/formslib.php|Forms API]]) which allows users to upload or import files as attachments or media embedded into HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally this works like this:&lt;br /&gt;
# User starts creation or re-edits an existing item in Moodle (eg forum post, resource, glossary entry etc)&lt;br /&gt;
# User presses some sort of button to browse for new files to attach or embed&lt;br /&gt;
# User sees our &amp;quot;Choose file...&amp;quot; dialog, which contains one or more repository instances. &lt;br /&gt;
# User chooses a file, the [[Repository API|Repository API]] takes care of copying the file into a &amp;quot;draft file area&amp;quot; within Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# File appears in the text or as an attachment in the form.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the user hits save, the [[File API|File API]] is invoked to move the file from the draft file area into a permanent file area associated with that data &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to interact with users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you just want to write code to manipulate Moodle files internally (without user input) then see [[File API]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form elements== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 there are three file-related form elements for interacting with users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# filemanager - the way to attach one or more files as a set&lt;br /&gt;
# editor - the way to specify a textarea with a HTML editor, and all the handling of images and movies within that HTML&lt;br /&gt;
# filepicker - a way to specify one file for the case when you want to process the file and throw it away &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 1.9 there were two other types which are now &#039;&#039;&#039;deprecated&#039;&#039;&#039; (they work, but please do not use these anymore)&lt;br /&gt;
# file - used to just allow a normal file upload from the desktop only.&lt;br /&gt;
# htmleditor - this old method of embedding a HTML editor in a textarea is not able to support repositories etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===filepicker===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File picker (&#039;&#039;filepicker&#039;&#039;) is a direct replacement of the older &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; formslib element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is intended for situations when you want the user to upload &#039;&#039;&#039;one&#039;&#039;&#039; file so you can process it and delete it, such as when you are importing data from a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using the filepicker element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filepicker&#039;, &#039;userfile&#039;, get_string(&#039;file&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                   array(&#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;*&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Obtain the chosen file ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The API for getting file contents is exactly the same as for &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$content = $mform-&amp;gt;get_file_content(&#039;userfile&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== filemanager ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The File Manager element improves on file picker by allowing you to manage more than one file.  It is expected that the files will be stored permanently for future use (such as forum and glossary attachments).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add file manager element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachments&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;moodle&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                    array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;document&#039;) ));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are the fields for filemanager:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&#039;filemanager&#039;:This is a filemanager element :)&lt;br /&gt;
;elementname:The unique name of the element in the form&lt;br /&gt;
;elementlabel:The label string that users see &lt;br /&gt;
;attributes:(leave it as null)&lt;br /&gt;
;options: an array of further options for the filepicker (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options array can contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;subdirs:(Default 1) Are subdirectories allowed?  (true or false)&lt;br /&gt;
;maxbytes:(Default 0) Restricts the total size of all the files.&lt;br /&gt;
;maxfiles:(Default -1) Restricts the total number of files.&lt;br /&gt;
;accepted_types:(Default *) You can specify what file types are accepted by filemanager.  All current file types are listed in this file: [http://cvs.moodle.org/moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm].  This is a [http://freemind.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page freemind] file: if it is edited the changes will be immediately reflected in Moodle.  Example usage:  &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;audio&#039;, &#039;video&#039;, &#039;documents&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;, you can include file extensions as well, for example: &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;*.txt&#039;, &#039;*.jpg&#039;, &#039;audio&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Load existing files into draft area ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry = new stdClass;&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftitemid = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;attachments&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
file_prepare_draft_area($draftitemid, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id,&lt;br /&gt;
                        array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;attachments = $draftitemid;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Store updated set of files ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($data = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // ... store or update $entry&lt;br /&gt;
    file_save_draft_area_files($data-&amp;gt;attachments, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                   $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===editor===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways of using the editor element in code, the first one is easier but expects some standardized fields. The second method is more low level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Simple use====&lt;br /&gt;
# name database fields: &#039;&#039;textfield&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;textfieldformat&#039;&#039; (and &#039;&#039;textfieldtrust&#039;&#039; if required)&lt;br /&gt;
# create options array.  note that context is the best, most local context you have available.  &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$textfieldoptions = array(&#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxfiles,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# add editor &#039;&#039;textfield_editor&#039;&#039; to moodle form, pass options through custom data in form constructor, set $data-&amp;gt;id to null if data not exist yet &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;textfield_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;fieldname&#039;, &#039;somemodule&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
                   null, $textfieldoptions);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_prepare_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                     &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# get submitted data and after inserting/updating of data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_postupdate_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                        &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Real world examples are in mod/glossary/edit.php and mod/glossary/comment.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Low level use====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using editor element you  need to preprocess and postprocess the data:&lt;br /&gt;
# detect if form was already submitted (usually means draft is area already exists) - &#039;&#039;file_get_submitted_draft_itemid()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare draft file area, temporary storage of all files attached to the text - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# convert encoded relative links to absolute links - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# create form and set current data&lt;br /&gt;
# after submission the changed files must be merged back into original area - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# absolute links have to be replaced by relative links - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Replace old htmleditor with editor=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file picker has been integrated with with TinyMCE to make the editor element. This new element should support all types on editors and should be able to switch them on-the-fly. Instances of the old htmleditor element in your forms should be replaced by the new editor element, this may need adding of new format and trusttext columns. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
        array(&#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; EDITOR_UNLIMITED_FILES));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The editor element can take following options: maxfiles, maxbytes, subdirs and changeformat. Please note that the embedded files is optional feature and is not expected be used everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: the editor element now includes text format option. You should no longer use the separate format element type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Prepare current data - text and files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry = new object();&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;definition = &#039;&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;format = FORMAT_HTML;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftid_editor = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;entry&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$currenttext = file_prepare_draft_area($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                                       $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $entry-&amp;gt;definition);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;entry = array(&#039;text&#039;=&amp;gt;$currenttext, &#039;format&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry-&amp;gt;format, &#039;itemid&#039;=&amp;gt;$draftid_editor);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are multiple files, they will share the same itemid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Obtain text, format and save draft files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To retrieve editor content, you need to use following code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($fromform = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // content of editor&lt;br /&gt;
    $messagetext = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;text&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
    // format of content&lt;br /&gt;
    $messageformat  = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;format&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user selects a file using the file picker, the file is initially stored in a draft file area, and a URL is inserted into the HTML in the editor that lets the person editing the content (but no one else) see the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the user submits the form, we then need to save the draft files to the correct place in permanent storage. (Just like you have to call $DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;tablename&#039;, $data); to have the other parts of the form submission stored correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The save_files_from_draft_area function and replace absolute links with internal relative links do:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_save_draft_area_files($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                                          $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $messagetext);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;component&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039; and $entry-&amp;gt;id : correspond to the contextid, filearea and itemid columns in the [[File_API#Table:_files|files table]].&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : this is the message text. As the files are saved to the real file area, the URLs in this content are rewritten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All URLs in content that point to files managed to the File API are converted to a form that starts &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; before the content is stored in the database. That is what we mean by rewriting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File serving==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Convert internal relative links to absolute links ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before text content is displayed to the user, any URLs in the &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; form in the content need to be rewritten to the real URL where the user can access the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_rewrite_pluginfile_urls($messagetext, &#039;pluginfile.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : is the content containing the @@PLUGINFILE@@ URLs from the database.&lt;br /&gt;
; &#039;pluginfile.php&#039; : there are a number of different scripts that can serve files with different permissions checks. You need to specify which one to use.&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid : uniquely identifies the file area, as before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Implement file serving access control ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attachments and embedded images should have the same access control like the text itself, in majority of cases these files are served using pluginfile.php. Access control is defined in &#039;&#039;module/lib.php&#039;&#039; file in function &#039;&#039;module_pluginfile()&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File browsing support ==&lt;br /&gt;
Only owner of each file area is allowed to use low level File API function to access files, other parts of Moodle should use file browsing API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activities may specify browsing support in own module/lib.php file by implementing functions module_get_file_areas() and module_get_file_info().&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading your code ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here I will attempt to describe some simple steps you can take to upgrade your file-handling form elements from pre-2.0 code to 2.0. We will use the example of glossary, since it has been used above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparing your options ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unless you are happy with the defaults, you will need to define an array of options for each file-handling form element. You could define it at different places, but it&#039;s best to put it in one place and make the array(s) available to other files if they need it. In the majority of cases, this will be in a file like edit.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform =&amp;amp; new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, compact(&#039;cm&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;, &#039;hook&#039;, &#039;mode&#039;, &#039;e&#039;, &#039;context&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$maxbytes = $course-&amp;gt;maxbytes; // Could also use $CFG-&amp;gt;maxbytes if you are not coding within a course context&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the data being passed to the form constructor have changed also, but this is not part of the file API changes, I just include them to avoid confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These options are for the htmleditor (definition field) and the filemanager (attachment field). They are used by a file called edit_form.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Element preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before we look at this, however, we need to &amp;quot;prepare&amp;quot; the elements so that they can correctly display existing embedded images and attached files when you are editing a record instead of just creating one. So, let&#039;s take the code we&#039;ve got so far in edit.php and add to it:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently upgraded code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code with element preparation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry in this case is simply a stdClass object which may either represent a new glossary entry or an existing one.&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry-&amp;gt;id must be the unique identifier for the current object. If we are creating a new entry, it will be null, but in all cases it must be defined.&lt;br /&gt;
* These two functions (file_prepare_standard_editor and file_prepare_standard_filemanager) are shortcuts functions that take care of some of the tedious setting up for you, but they make a couple of assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; name the form element as {element}_editor or {element}_filemanager (see next section)&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; have at least the following fields in the database: {element} and {element}summary, as described earlier in this documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can now look at the upgrades needed in the form definition file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit_form.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;htmleditor&#039;, &#039;definition&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), array(&#039;rows&#039;=&amp;gt;20));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition&#039;, null, &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;definition&#039;, array(&#039;writing&#039;, &#039;richtext&#039;), false, &#039;editorhelpbutton&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;format&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$this-&amp;gt;set_upload_manager(new upload_manager(&#039;attachment&#039;, true, false, $COURSE, false, 0, true, true, false));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;file&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;forum&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment&#039;, array(&#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;definitionoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;attachmentoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $definitionoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;required&#039;), &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $attachmentoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, array(&#039;attachment2&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* The format element and the help button are no longer required for the HTML editor element&lt;br /&gt;
* The name of the form element needs to be changed by adding &#039;_editor&#039; or &#039;_manager&#039; to the original name. This is a naming convention that is used by a couple of functions we will look at shortly&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure $definitionoptions has context parameter, else system context is used and editor will not respect filter settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Handling submitted data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The final step is to handle the submitted data properly, i.e. retrieve the files and save them to disk, associating them with the record we have just created (a glossary entry in our example). This happens in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that updates an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
$todb-&amp;gt;id = $e;&lt;br /&gt;
$dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $todb-&amp;gt;attachment = $newfilename;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that adds an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
if ($todb-&amp;gt;id = insert_record(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, $todb)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $e = $todb-&amp;gt;id;&lt;br /&gt;
    $dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
    if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
        set_field(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, $newfilename, &amp;quot;id&amp;quot;, $todb-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// $todb was renamed to $entry, and the code was refactored &lt;br /&gt;
// so that the file-handling code is only used once for either an add or an update action.&lt;br /&gt;
// If an entry is being added, $DB-&amp;gt;insert() has already been called, so we have a valid $entry-&amp;gt;id&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
// store the updated value values&lt;br /&gt;
$DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;glossary_entries&#039;, $entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are adding a new record, you will still need to call update_record after calling the file_postupdate* functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Gotchas ===&lt;br /&gt;
A few things to keep in mind:&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that you instantiate the moodle form before any call to $OUTPUT-&amp;gt;header()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using the file API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Repository API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Portfolio API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* MDL-14589 - File API Meta issue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Repositories]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jaime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32725</id>
		<title>Using the File API in Moodle forms</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32725"/>
		<updated>2012-03-10T12:09:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jaime: /* Prepare current data - text and files */ breaks long line&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 2.0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to get files from users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 all files are stored in a central database accessible via the [[File API|File API]], and every file is associated with a component and a &amp;quot;file area&amp;quot; in Moodle, such as a particular module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A common use case is to provide a form (using Moodle&#039;s [[lib/formslib.php|Forms API]]) which allows users to upload or import files as attachments or media embedded into HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally this works like this:&lt;br /&gt;
# User starts creation or re-edits an existing item in Moodle (eg forum post, resource, glossary entry etc)&lt;br /&gt;
# User presses some sort of button to browse for new files to attach or embed&lt;br /&gt;
# User sees our &amp;quot;Choose file...&amp;quot; dialog, which contains one or more repository instances. &lt;br /&gt;
# User chooses a file, the [[Repository API|Repository API]] takes care of copying the file into a &amp;quot;draft file area&amp;quot; within Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# File appears in the text or as an attachment in the form.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the user hits save, the [[File API|File API]] is invoked to move the file from the draft file area into a permanent file area associated with that data &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to interact with users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you just want to write code to manipulate Moodle files internally (without user input) then see [[File API]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form elements== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 there are three file-related form elements for interacting with users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# filemanager - the way to attach one or more files as a set&lt;br /&gt;
# editor - the way to specify a textarea with a HTML editor, and all the handling of images and movies within that HTML&lt;br /&gt;
# filepicker - a way to specify one file for the case when you want to process the file and throw it away &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 1.9 there were two other types which are now &#039;&#039;&#039;deprecated&#039;&#039;&#039; (they work, but please do not use these anymore)&lt;br /&gt;
# file - used to just allow a normal file upload from the desktop only.&lt;br /&gt;
# htmleditor - this old method of embedding a HTML editor in a textarea is not able to support repositories etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===filepicker===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File picker (&#039;&#039;filepicker&#039;&#039;) is a direct replacement of the older &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; formslib element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is intended for situations when you want the user to upload &#039;&#039;&#039;one&#039;&#039;&#039; file so you can process it and delete it, such as when you are importing data from a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using the filepicker element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filepicker&#039;, &#039;userfile&#039;, get_string(&#039;file&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                   array(&#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;*&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Obtain the chosen file ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The API for getting file contents is exactly the same as for &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$content = $mform-&amp;gt;get_file_content(&#039;userfile&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== filemanager ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The File Manager element improves on file picker by allowing you to manage more than one file.  It is expected that the files will be stored permanently for future use (such as forum and glossary attachments).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add file manager element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachments&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;moodle&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                    array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;document&#039;) ));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are the fields for filemanager:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&#039;filemanager&#039;:This is a filemanager element :)&lt;br /&gt;
;elementname:The unique name of the element in the form&lt;br /&gt;
;elementlabel:The label string that users see &lt;br /&gt;
;attributes:(leave it as null)&lt;br /&gt;
;options: an array of further options for the filepicker (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options array can contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;subdirs:(Default 1) Are subdirectories allowed?  (true or false)&lt;br /&gt;
;maxbytes:(Default 0) Restricts the total size of all the files.&lt;br /&gt;
;maxfiles:(Default -1) Restricts the total number of files.&lt;br /&gt;
;accepted_types:(Default *) You can specify what file types are accepted by filemanager.  All current file types are listed in this file: [http://cvs.moodle.org/moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm].  This is a [http://freemind.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page freemind] file: if it is edited the changes will be immediately reflected in Moodle.  Example usage:  &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;audio&#039;, &#039;video&#039;, &#039;documents&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;, you can include file extensions as well, for example: &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;*.txt&#039;, &#039;*.jpg&#039;, &#039;audio&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Load existing files into draft area ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry = new stdClass;&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftitemid = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;attachments&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
file_prepare_draft_area($draftitemid, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id,&lt;br /&gt;
                        array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;attachments = $draftitemid;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Store updated set of files ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($data = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // ... store or update $entry&lt;br /&gt;
    file_save_draft_area_files($data-&amp;gt;attachments, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                   $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===editor===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways of using the editor element in code, the first one is easier but expects some standardized fields. The second method is more low level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Simple use====&lt;br /&gt;
# name database fields: &#039;&#039;textfield&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;textfieldformat&#039;&#039; (and &#039;&#039;textfieldtrust&#039;&#039; if required)&lt;br /&gt;
# create options array.  note that context is the best, most local context you have available.  &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$textfieldoptions = array(&#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxfiles,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# add editor &#039;&#039;textfield_editor&#039;&#039; to moodle form, pass options through custom data in form constructor, set $data-&amp;gt;id to null if data not exist yet &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;textfield_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;fieldname&#039;, &#039;somemodule&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
                   null, $textfieldoptions);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_prepare_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                     &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# get submitted data and after inserting/updating of data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_postupdate_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                        &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Real world examples are in mod/glossary/edit.php and mod/glossary/comment.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Low level use====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using editor element you  need to preprocess and postprocess the data:&lt;br /&gt;
# detect if form was already submitted (usually means draft is area already exists) - &#039;&#039;file_get_submitted_draft_itemid()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare draft file area, temporary storage of all files attached to the text - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# convert encoded relative links to absolute links - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# create form and set current data&lt;br /&gt;
# after submission the changed files must be merged back into original area - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# absolute links have to be replaced by relative links - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Replace old htmleditor with editor=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file picker has been integrated with with TinyMCE to make the editor element. This new element should support all types on editors and should be able to switch them on-the-fly. Instances of the old htmleditor element in your forms should be replaced by the new editor element, this may need adding of new format and trusttext columns. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
        array(&#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; EDITOR_UNLIMITED_FILES));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The editor element can take following options: maxfiles, maxbytes, subdirs and changeformat. Please note that the embedded files is optional feature and is not expected be used everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: the editor element now includes text format option. You should no longer use the separate format element type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Prepare current data - text and files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry = new object();&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;definition = &#039;&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;format = FORMAT_HTML;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftid_editor = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;entry&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$currenttext = file_prepare_draft_area($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                                       $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $entry-&amp;gt;definition);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;entry = array(&#039;text&#039;=&amp;gt;$currenttext, &#039;format&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry-&amp;gt;format, &#039;itemid&#039;=&amp;gt;$draftid_editor);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are multiple files, they will share the same itemid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Obtain text, format and save draft files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To retrieve editor content, you need to use following code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($fromform = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // content of editor&lt;br /&gt;
    $messagetext = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;text&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
    // format of content&lt;br /&gt;
    $messageformat  = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;format&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user selects a file using the file picker, the file is initially stored in a draft file area, and a URL is inserted into the HTML in the editor that lets the person editing the content (but no one else) see the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the user submits the form, we then need to save the draft files to the correct place in permanent storage. (Just like you have to call $DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;tablename&#039;, $data); to have the other parts of the form submission stored correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The save_files_from_draft_area function and replace absolute links with internal relative links do:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_save_draft_area_files($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $messagetext);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;component&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039; and $entry-&amp;gt;id : correspond to the contextid, filearea and itemid columns in the [[File_API#Table:_files|files table]].&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : this is the message text. As the files are saved to the real file area, the URLs in this content are rewritten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All URLs in content that point to files managed to the File API are converted to a form that starts &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; before the content is stored in the database. That is what we mean by rewriting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File serving==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Convert internal relative links to absolute links ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before text content is displayed to the user, any URLs in the &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; form in the content need to be rewritten to the real URL where the user can access the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_rewrite_pluginfile_urls($messagetext, &#039;pluginfile.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : is the content containing the @@PLUGINFILE@@ URLs from the database.&lt;br /&gt;
; &#039;pluginfile.php&#039; : there are a number of different scripts that can serve files with different permissions checks. You need to specify which one to use.&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid : uniquely identifies the file area, as before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Implement file serving access control ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attachments and embedded images should have the same access control like the text itself, in majority of cases these files are served using pluginfile.php. Access control is defined in &#039;&#039;module/lib.php&#039;&#039; file in function &#039;&#039;module_pluginfile()&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File browsing support ==&lt;br /&gt;
Only owner of each file area is allowed to use low level File API function to access files, other parts of Moodle should use file browsing API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activities may specify browsing support in own module/lib.php file by implementing functions module_get_file_areas() and module_get_file_info().&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading your code ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here I will attempt to describe some simple steps you can take to upgrade your file-handling form elements from pre-2.0 code to 2.0. We will use the example of glossary, since it has been used above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparing your options ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unless you are happy with the defaults, you will need to define an array of options for each file-handling form element. You could define it at different places, but it&#039;s best to put it in one place and make the array(s) available to other files if they need it. In the majority of cases, this will be in a file like edit.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform =&amp;amp; new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, compact(&#039;cm&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;, &#039;hook&#039;, &#039;mode&#039;, &#039;e&#039;, &#039;context&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$maxbytes = $course-&amp;gt;maxbytes; // Could also use $CFG-&amp;gt;maxbytes if you are not coding within a course context&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the data being passed to the form constructor have changed also, but this is not part of the file API changes, I just include them to avoid confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These options are for the htmleditor (definition field) and the filemanager (attachment field). They are used by a file called edit_form.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Element preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before we look at this, however, we need to &amp;quot;prepare&amp;quot; the elements so that they can correctly display existing embedded images and attached files when you are editing a record instead of just creating one. So, let&#039;s take the code we&#039;ve got so far in edit.php and add to it:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently upgraded code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code with element preparation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry in this case is simply a stdClass object which may either represent a new glossary entry or an existing one.&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry-&amp;gt;id must be the unique identifier for the current object. If we are creating a new entry, it will be null, but in all cases it must be defined.&lt;br /&gt;
* These two functions (file_prepare_standard_editor and file_prepare_standard_filemanager) are shortcuts functions that take care of some of the tedious setting up for you, but they make a couple of assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; name the form element as {element}_editor or {element}_filemanager (see next section)&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; have at least the following fields in the database: {element} and {element}summary, as described earlier in this documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can now look at the upgrades needed in the form definition file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit_form.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;htmleditor&#039;, &#039;definition&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), array(&#039;rows&#039;=&amp;gt;20));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition&#039;, null, &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;definition&#039;, array(&#039;writing&#039;, &#039;richtext&#039;), false, &#039;editorhelpbutton&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;format&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$this-&amp;gt;set_upload_manager(new upload_manager(&#039;attachment&#039;, true, false, $COURSE, false, 0, true, true, false));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;file&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;forum&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment&#039;, array(&#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;definitionoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;attachmentoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $definitionoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;required&#039;), &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $attachmentoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, array(&#039;attachment2&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* The format element and the help button are no longer required for the HTML editor element&lt;br /&gt;
* The name of the form element needs to be changed by adding &#039;_editor&#039; or &#039;_manager&#039; to the original name. This is a naming convention that is used by a couple of functions we will look at shortly&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure $definitionoptions has context parameter, else system context is used and editor will not respect filter settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Handling submitted data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The final step is to handle the submitted data properly, i.e. retrieve the files and save them to disk, associating them with the record we have just created (a glossary entry in our example). This happens in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that updates an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
$todb-&amp;gt;id = $e;&lt;br /&gt;
$dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $todb-&amp;gt;attachment = $newfilename;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that adds an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
if ($todb-&amp;gt;id = insert_record(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, $todb)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $e = $todb-&amp;gt;id;&lt;br /&gt;
    $dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
    if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
        set_field(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, $newfilename, &amp;quot;id&amp;quot;, $todb-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// $todb was renamed to $entry, and the code was refactored &lt;br /&gt;
// so that the file-handling code is only used once for either an add or an update action.&lt;br /&gt;
// If an entry is being added, $DB-&amp;gt;insert() has already been called, so we have a valid $entry-&amp;gt;id&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
// store the updated value values&lt;br /&gt;
$DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;glossary_entries&#039;, $entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are adding a new record, you will still need to call update_record after calling the file_postupdate* functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Gotchas ===&lt;br /&gt;
A few things to keep in mind:&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that you instantiate the moodle form before any call to $OUTPUT-&amp;gt;header()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using the file API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Repository API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Portfolio API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* MDL-14589 - File API Meta issue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Repositories]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jaime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32724</id>
		<title>Using the File API in Moodle forms</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32724"/>
		<updated>2012-03-10T11:53:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jaime: /* Store updated set of files */ breaks long line&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 2.0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to get files from users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 all files are stored in a central database accessible via the [[File API|File API]], and every file is associated with a component and a &amp;quot;file area&amp;quot; in Moodle, such as a particular module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A common use case is to provide a form (using Moodle&#039;s [[lib/formslib.php|Forms API]]) which allows users to upload or import files as attachments or media embedded into HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally this works like this:&lt;br /&gt;
# User starts creation or re-edits an existing item in Moodle (eg forum post, resource, glossary entry etc)&lt;br /&gt;
# User presses some sort of button to browse for new files to attach or embed&lt;br /&gt;
# User sees our &amp;quot;Choose file...&amp;quot; dialog, which contains one or more repository instances. &lt;br /&gt;
# User chooses a file, the [[Repository API|Repository API]] takes care of copying the file into a &amp;quot;draft file area&amp;quot; within Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# File appears in the text or as an attachment in the form.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the user hits save, the [[File API|File API]] is invoked to move the file from the draft file area into a permanent file area associated with that data &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to interact with users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you just want to write code to manipulate Moodle files internally (without user input) then see [[File API]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form elements== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 there are three file-related form elements for interacting with users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# filemanager - the way to attach one or more files as a set&lt;br /&gt;
# editor - the way to specify a textarea with a HTML editor, and all the handling of images and movies within that HTML&lt;br /&gt;
# filepicker - a way to specify one file for the case when you want to process the file and throw it away &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 1.9 there were two other types which are now &#039;&#039;&#039;deprecated&#039;&#039;&#039; (they work, but please do not use these anymore)&lt;br /&gt;
# file - used to just allow a normal file upload from the desktop only.&lt;br /&gt;
# htmleditor - this old method of embedding a HTML editor in a textarea is not able to support repositories etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===filepicker===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File picker (&#039;&#039;filepicker&#039;&#039;) is a direct replacement of the older &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; formslib element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is intended for situations when you want the user to upload &#039;&#039;&#039;one&#039;&#039;&#039; file so you can process it and delete it, such as when you are importing data from a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using the filepicker element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filepicker&#039;, &#039;userfile&#039;, get_string(&#039;file&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                   array(&#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;*&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Obtain the chosen file ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The API for getting file contents is exactly the same as for &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$content = $mform-&amp;gt;get_file_content(&#039;userfile&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== filemanager ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The File Manager element improves on file picker by allowing you to manage more than one file.  It is expected that the files will be stored permanently for future use (such as forum and glossary attachments).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add file manager element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachments&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;moodle&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                    array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;document&#039;) ));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are the fields for filemanager:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&#039;filemanager&#039;:This is a filemanager element :)&lt;br /&gt;
;elementname:The unique name of the element in the form&lt;br /&gt;
;elementlabel:The label string that users see &lt;br /&gt;
;attributes:(leave it as null)&lt;br /&gt;
;options: an array of further options for the filepicker (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options array can contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;subdirs:(Default 1) Are subdirectories allowed?  (true or false)&lt;br /&gt;
;maxbytes:(Default 0) Restricts the total size of all the files.&lt;br /&gt;
;maxfiles:(Default -1) Restricts the total number of files.&lt;br /&gt;
;accepted_types:(Default *) You can specify what file types are accepted by filemanager.  All current file types are listed in this file: [http://cvs.moodle.org/moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm].  This is a [http://freemind.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page freemind] file: if it is edited the changes will be immediately reflected in Moodle.  Example usage:  &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;audio&#039;, &#039;video&#039;, &#039;documents&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;, you can include file extensions as well, for example: &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;*.txt&#039;, &#039;*.jpg&#039;, &#039;audio&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Load existing files into draft area ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry = new stdClass;&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftitemid = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;attachments&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
file_prepare_draft_area($draftitemid, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id,&lt;br /&gt;
                        array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;attachments = $draftitemid;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Store updated set of files ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($data = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // ... store or update $entry&lt;br /&gt;
    file_save_draft_area_files($data-&amp;gt;attachments, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
                   $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===editor===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways of using the editor element in code, the first one is easier but expects some standardized fields. The second method is more low level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Simple use====&lt;br /&gt;
# name database fields: &#039;&#039;textfield&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;textfieldformat&#039;&#039; (and &#039;&#039;textfieldtrust&#039;&#039; if required)&lt;br /&gt;
# create options array.  note that context is the best, most local context you have available.  &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$textfieldoptions = array(&#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxfiles,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# add editor &#039;&#039;textfield_editor&#039;&#039; to moodle form, pass options through custom data in form constructor, set $data-&amp;gt;id to null if data not exist yet &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;textfield_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;fieldname&#039;, &#039;somemodule&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
                   null, $textfieldoptions);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_prepare_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                     &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# get submitted data and after inserting/updating of data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_postupdate_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                        &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Real world examples are in mod/glossary/edit.php and mod/glossary/comment.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Low level use====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using editor element you  need to preprocess and postprocess the data:&lt;br /&gt;
# detect if form was already submitted (usually means draft is area already exists) - &#039;&#039;file_get_submitted_draft_itemid()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare draft file area, temporary storage of all files attached to the text - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# convert encoded relative links to absolute links - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# create form and set current data&lt;br /&gt;
# after submission the changed files must be merged back into original area - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# absolute links have to be replaced by relative links - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Replace old htmleditor with editor=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file picker has been integrated with with TinyMCE to make the editor element. This new element should support all types on editors and should be able to switch them on-the-fly. Instances of the old htmleditor element in your forms should be replaced by the new editor element, this may need adding of new format and trusttext columns. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
        array(&#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; EDITOR_UNLIMITED_FILES));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The editor element can take following options: maxfiles, maxbytes, subdirs and changeformat. Please note that the embedded files is optional feature and is not expected be used everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: the editor element now includes text format option. You should no longer use the separate format element type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Prepare current data - text and files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry = new object();&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;definition = &#039;&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;format = FORMAT_HTML;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftid_editor = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;entry&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$currenttext = file_prepare_draft_area($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $entry-&amp;gt;definition);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;entry = array(&#039;text&#039;=&amp;gt;$currenttext, &#039;format&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry-&amp;gt;format, &#039;itemid&#039;=&amp;gt;$draftid_editor);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are multiple files, they will share the same itemid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Obtain text, format and save draft files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To retrieve editor content, you need to use following code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($fromform = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // content of editor&lt;br /&gt;
    $messagetext = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;text&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
    // format of content&lt;br /&gt;
    $messageformat  = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;format&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user selects a file using the file picker, the file is initially stored in a draft file area, and a URL is inserted into the HTML in the editor that lets the person editing the content (but no one else) see the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the user submits the form, we then need to save the draft files to the correct place in permanent storage. (Just like you have to call $DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;tablename&#039;, $data); to have the other parts of the form submission stored correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The save_files_from_draft_area function and replace absolute links with internal relative links do:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_save_draft_area_files($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $messagetext);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;component&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039; and $entry-&amp;gt;id : correspond to the contextid, filearea and itemid columns in the [[File_API#Table:_files|files table]].&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : this is the message text. As the files are saved to the real file area, the URLs in this content are rewritten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All URLs in content that point to files managed to the File API are converted to a form that starts &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; before the content is stored in the database. That is what we mean by rewriting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File serving==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Convert internal relative links to absolute links ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before text content is displayed to the user, any URLs in the &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; form in the content need to be rewritten to the real URL where the user can access the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_rewrite_pluginfile_urls($messagetext, &#039;pluginfile.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : is the content containing the @@PLUGINFILE@@ URLs from the database.&lt;br /&gt;
; &#039;pluginfile.php&#039; : there are a number of different scripts that can serve files with different permissions checks. You need to specify which one to use.&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid : uniquely identifies the file area, as before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Implement file serving access control ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attachments and embedded images should have the same access control like the text itself, in majority of cases these files are served using pluginfile.php. Access control is defined in &#039;&#039;module/lib.php&#039;&#039; file in function &#039;&#039;module_pluginfile()&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File browsing support ==&lt;br /&gt;
Only owner of each file area is allowed to use low level File API function to access files, other parts of Moodle should use file browsing API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activities may specify browsing support in own module/lib.php file by implementing functions module_get_file_areas() and module_get_file_info().&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading your code ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here I will attempt to describe some simple steps you can take to upgrade your file-handling form elements from pre-2.0 code to 2.0. We will use the example of glossary, since it has been used above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparing your options ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unless you are happy with the defaults, you will need to define an array of options for each file-handling form element. You could define it at different places, but it&#039;s best to put it in one place and make the array(s) available to other files if they need it. In the majority of cases, this will be in a file like edit.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform =&amp;amp; new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, compact(&#039;cm&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;, &#039;hook&#039;, &#039;mode&#039;, &#039;e&#039;, &#039;context&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$maxbytes = $course-&amp;gt;maxbytes; // Could also use $CFG-&amp;gt;maxbytes if you are not coding within a course context&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the data being passed to the form constructor have changed also, but this is not part of the file API changes, I just include them to avoid confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These options are for the htmleditor (definition field) and the filemanager (attachment field). They are used by a file called edit_form.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Element preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before we look at this, however, we need to &amp;quot;prepare&amp;quot; the elements so that they can correctly display existing embedded images and attached files when you are editing a record instead of just creating one. So, let&#039;s take the code we&#039;ve got so far in edit.php and add to it:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently upgraded code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code with element preparation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry in this case is simply a stdClass object which may either represent a new glossary entry or an existing one.&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry-&amp;gt;id must be the unique identifier for the current object. If we are creating a new entry, it will be null, but in all cases it must be defined.&lt;br /&gt;
* These two functions (file_prepare_standard_editor and file_prepare_standard_filemanager) are shortcuts functions that take care of some of the tedious setting up for you, but they make a couple of assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; name the form element as {element}_editor or {element}_filemanager (see next section)&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; have at least the following fields in the database: {element} and {element}summary, as described earlier in this documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can now look at the upgrades needed in the form definition file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit_form.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;htmleditor&#039;, &#039;definition&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), array(&#039;rows&#039;=&amp;gt;20));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition&#039;, null, &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;definition&#039;, array(&#039;writing&#039;, &#039;richtext&#039;), false, &#039;editorhelpbutton&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;format&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$this-&amp;gt;set_upload_manager(new upload_manager(&#039;attachment&#039;, true, false, $COURSE, false, 0, true, true, false));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;file&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;forum&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment&#039;, array(&#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;definitionoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;attachmentoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $definitionoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;required&#039;), &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $attachmentoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, array(&#039;attachment2&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* The format element and the help button are no longer required for the HTML editor element&lt;br /&gt;
* The name of the form element needs to be changed by adding &#039;_editor&#039; or &#039;_manager&#039; to the original name. This is a naming convention that is used by a couple of functions we will look at shortly&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure $definitionoptions has context parameter, else system context is used and editor will not respect filter settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Handling submitted data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The final step is to handle the submitted data properly, i.e. retrieve the files and save them to disk, associating them with the record we have just created (a glossary entry in our example). This happens in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that updates an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
$todb-&amp;gt;id = $e;&lt;br /&gt;
$dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $todb-&amp;gt;attachment = $newfilename;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that adds an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
if ($todb-&amp;gt;id = insert_record(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, $todb)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $e = $todb-&amp;gt;id;&lt;br /&gt;
    $dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
    if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
        set_field(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, $newfilename, &amp;quot;id&amp;quot;, $todb-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// $todb was renamed to $entry, and the code was refactored &lt;br /&gt;
// so that the file-handling code is only used once for either an add or an update action.&lt;br /&gt;
// If an entry is being added, $DB-&amp;gt;insert() has already been called, so we have a valid $entry-&amp;gt;id&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
// store the updated value values&lt;br /&gt;
$DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;glossary_entries&#039;, $entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are adding a new record, you will still need to call update_record after calling the file_postupdate* functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Gotchas ===&lt;br /&gt;
A few things to keep in mind:&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that you instantiate the moodle form before any call to $OUTPUT-&amp;gt;header()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using the file API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Repository API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Portfolio API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* MDL-14589 - File API Meta issue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Repositories]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jaime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32723</id>
		<title>Using the File API in Moodle forms</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32723"/>
		<updated>2012-03-10T11:51:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jaime: /* Load existing files into draft area */ breaks long line&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 2.0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to get files from users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 all files are stored in a central database accessible via the [[File API|File API]], and every file is associated with a component and a &amp;quot;file area&amp;quot; in Moodle, such as a particular module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A common use case is to provide a form (using Moodle&#039;s [[lib/formslib.php|Forms API]]) which allows users to upload or import files as attachments or media embedded into HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally this works like this:&lt;br /&gt;
# User starts creation or re-edits an existing item in Moodle (eg forum post, resource, glossary entry etc)&lt;br /&gt;
# User presses some sort of button to browse for new files to attach or embed&lt;br /&gt;
# User sees our &amp;quot;Choose file...&amp;quot; dialog, which contains one or more repository instances. &lt;br /&gt;
# User chooses a file, the [[Repository API|Repository API]] takes care of copying the file into a &amp;quot;draft file area&amp;quot; within Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# File appears in the text or as an attachment in the form.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the user hits save, the [[File API|File API]] is invoked to move the file from the draft file area into a permanent file area associated with that data &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to interact with users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you just want to write code to manipulate Moodle files internally (without user input) then see [[File API]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form elements== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 there are three file-related form elements for interacting with users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# filemanager - the way to attach one or more files as a set&lt;br /&gt;
# editor - the way to specify a textarea with a HTML editor, and all the handling of images and movies within that HTML&lt;br /&gt;
# filepicker - a way to specify one file for the case when you want to process the file and throw it away &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 1.9 there were two other types which are now &#039;&#039;&#039;deprecated&#039;&#039;&#039; (they work, but please do not use these anymore)&lt;br /&gt;
# file - used to just allow a normal file upload from the desktop only.&lt;br /&gt;
# htmleditor - this old method of embedding a HTML editor in a textarea is not able to support repositories etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===filepicker===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File picker (&#039;&#039;filepicker&#039;&#039;) is a direct replacement of the older &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; formslib element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is intended for situations when you want the user to upload &#039;&#039;&#039;one&#039;&#039;&#039; file so you can process it and delete it, such as when you are importing data from a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using the filepicker element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filepicker&#039;, &#039;userfile&#039;, get_string(&#039;file&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                   array(&#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;*&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Obtain the chosen file ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The API for getting file contents is exactly the same as for &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$content = $mform-&amp;gt;get_file_content(&#039;userfile&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== filemanager ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The File Manager element improves on file picker by allowing you to manage more than one file.  It is expected that the files will be stored permanently for future use (such as forum and glossary attachments).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add file manager element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachments&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;moodle&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                    array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;document&#039;) ));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are the fields for filemanager:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&#039;filemanager&#039;:This is a filemanager element :)&lt;br /&gt;
;elementname:The unique name of the element in the form&lt;br /&gt;
;elementlabel:The label string that users see &lt;br /&gt;
;attributes:(leave it as null)&lt;br /&gt;
;options: an array of further options for the filepicker (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options array can contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;subdirs:(Default 1) Are subdirectories allowed?  (true or false)&lt;br /&gt;
;maxbytes:(Default 0) Restricts the total size of all the files.&lt;br /&gt;
;maxfiles:(Default -1) Restricts the total number of files.&lt;br /&gt;
;accepted_types:(Default *) You can specify what file types are accepted by filemanager.  All current file types are listed in this file: [http://cvs.moodle.org/moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm].  This is a [http://freemind.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page freemind] file: if it is edited the changes will be immediately reflected in Moodle.  Example usage:  &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;audio&#039;, &#039;video&#039;, &#039;documents&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;, you can include file extensions as well, for example: &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;*.txt&#039;, &#039;*.jpg&#039;, &#039;audio&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Load existing files into draft area ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry = new stdClass;&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftitemid = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;attachments&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
file_prepare_draft_area($draftitemid, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id,&lt;br /&gt;
                        array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;attachments = $draftitemid;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Store updated set of files ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($data = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // ... store or update $entry&lt;br /&gt;
    file_save_draft_area_files($data-&amp;gt;attachments, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===editor===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways of using the editor element in code, the first one is easier but expects some standardized fields. The second method is more low level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Simple use====&lt;br /&gt;
# name database fields: &#039;&#039;textfield&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;textfieldformat&#039;&#039; (and &#039;&#039;textfieldtrust&#039;&#039; if required)&lt;br /&gt;
# create options array.  note that context is the best, most local context you have available.  &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$textfieldoptions = array(&#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxfiles,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# add editor &#039;&#039;textfield_editor&#039;&#039; to moodle form, pass options through custom data in form constructor, set $data-&amp;gt;id to null if data not exist yet &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;textfield_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;fieldname&#039;, &#039;somemodule&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
                   null, $textfieldoptions);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_prepare_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                     &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# get submitted data and after inserting/updating of data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_postupdate_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                        &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Real world examples are in mod/glossary/edit.php and mod/glossary/comment.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Low level use====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using editor element you  need to preprocess and postprocess the data:&lt;br /&gt;
# detect if form was already submitted (usually means draft is area already exists) - &#039;&#039;file_get_submitted_draft_itemid()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare draft file area, temporary storage of all files attached to the text - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# convert encoded relative links to absolute links - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# create form and set current data&lt;br /&gt;
# after submission the changed files must be merged back into original area - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# absolute links have to be replaced by relative links - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Replace old htmleditor with editor=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file picker has been integrated with with TinyMCE to make the editor element. This new element should support all types on editors and should be able to switch them on-the-fly. Instances of the old htmleditor element in your forms should be replaced by the new editor element, this may need adding of new format and trusttext columns. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
        array(&#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; EDITOR_UNLIMITED_FILES));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The editor element can take following options: maxfiles, maxbytes, subdirs and changeformat. Please note that the embedded files is optional feature and is not expected be used everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: the editor element now includes text format option. You should no longer use the separate format element type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Prepare current data - text and files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry = new object();&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;definition = &#039;&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;format = FORMAT_HTML;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftid_editor = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;entry&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$currenttext = file_prepare_draft_area($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $entry-&amp;gt;definition);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;entry = array(&#039;text&#039;=&amp;gt;$currenttext, &#039;format&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry-&amp;gt;format, &#039;itemid&#039;=&amp;gt;$draftid_editor);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are multiple files, they will share the same itemid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Obtain text, format and save draft files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To retrieve editor content, you need to use following code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($fromform = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // content of editor&lt;br /&gt;
    $messagetext = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;text&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
    // format of content&lt;br /&gt;
    $messageformat  = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;format&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user selects a file using the file picker, the file is initially stored in a draft file area, and a URL is inserted into the HTML in the editor that lets the person editing the content (but no one else) see the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the user submits the form, we then need to save the draft files to the correct place in permanent storage. (Just like you have to call $DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;tablename&#039;, $data); to have the other parts of the form submission stored correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The save_files_from_draft_area function and replace absolute links with internal relative links do:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_save_draft_area_files($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $messagetext);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;component&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039; and $entry-&amp;gt;id : correspond to the contextid, filearea and itemid columns in the [[File_API#Table:_files|files table]].&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : this is the message text. As the files are saved to the real file area, the URLs in this content are rewritten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All URLs in content that point to files managed to the File API are converted to a form that starts &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; before the content is stored in the database. That is what we mean by rewriting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File serving==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Convert internal relative links to absolute links ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before text content is displayed to the user, any URLs in the &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; form in the content need to be rewritten to the real URL where the user can access the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_rewrite_pluginfile_urls($messagetext, &#039;pluginfile.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : is the content containing the @@PLUGINFILE@@ URLs from the database.&lt;br /&gt;
; &#039;pluginfile.php&#039; : there are a number of different scripts that can serve files with different permissions checks. You need to specify which one to use.&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid : uniquely identifies the file area, as before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Implement file serving access control ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attachments and embedded images should have the same access control like the text itself, in majority of cases these files are served using pluginfile.php. Access control is defined in &#039;&#039;module/lib.php&#039;&#039; file in function &#039;&#039;module_pluginfile()&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File browsing support ==&lt;br /&gt;
Only owner of each file area is allowed to use low level File API function to access files, other parts of Moodle should use file browsing API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activities may specify browsing support in own module/lib.php file by implementing functions module_get_file_areas() and module_get_file_info().&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading your code ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here I will attempt to describe some simple steps you can take to upgrade your file-handling form elements from pre-2.0 code to 2.0. We will use the example of glossary, since it has been used above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparing your options ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unless you are happy with the defaults, you will need to define an array of options for each file-handling form element. You could define it at different places, but it&#039;s best to put it in one place and make the array(s) available to other files if they need it. In the majority of cases, this will be in a file like edit.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform =&amp;amp; new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, compact(&#039;cm&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;, &#039;hook&#039;, &#039;mode&#039;, &#039;e&#039;, &#039;context&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$maxbytes = $course-&amp;gt;maxbytes; // Could also use $CFG-&amp;gt;maxbytes if you are not coding within a course context&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the data being passed to the form constructor have changed also, but this is not part of the file API changes, I just include them to avoid confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These options are for the htmleditor (definition field) and the filemanager (attachment field). They are used by a file called edit_form.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Element preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before we look at this, however, we need to &amp;quot;prepare&amp;quot; the elements so that they can correctly display existing embedded images and attached files when you are editing a record instead of just creating one. So, let&#039;s take the code we&#039;ve got so far in edit.php and add to it:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently upgraded code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code with element preparation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry in this case is simply a stdClass object which may either represent a new glossary entry or an existing one.&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry-&amp;gt;id must be the unique identifier for the current object. If we are creating a new entry, it will be null, but in all cases it must be defined.&lt;br /&gt;
* These two functions (file_prepare_standard_editor and file_prepare_standard_filemanager) are shortcuts functions that take care of some of the tedious setting up for you, but they make a couple of assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; name the form element as {element}_editor or {element}_filemanager (see next section)&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; have at least the following fields in the database: {element} and {element}summary, as described earlier in this documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can now look at the upgrades needed in the form definition file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit_form.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;htmleditor&#039;, &#039;definition&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), array(&#039;rows&#039;=&amp;gt;20));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition&#039;, null, &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;definition&#039;, array(&#039;writing&#039;, &#039;richtext&#039;), false, &#039;editorhelpbutton&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;format&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$this-&amp;gt;set_upload_manager(new upload_manager(&#039;attachment&#039;, true, false, $COURSE, false, 0, true, true, false));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;file&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;forum&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment&#039;, array(&#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;definitionoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;attachmentoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $definitionoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;required&#039;), &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $attachmentoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, array(&#039;attachment2&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* The format element and the help button are no longer required for the HTML editor element&lt;br /&gt;
* The name of the form element needs to be changed by adding &#039;_editor&#039; or &#039;_manager&#039; to the original name. This is a naming convention that is used by a couple of functions we will look at shortly&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure $definitionoptions has context parameter, else system context is used and editor will not respect filter settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Handling submitted data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The final step is to handle the submitted data properly, i.e. retrieve the files and save them to disk, associating them with the record we have just created (a glossary entry in our example). This happens in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that updates an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
$todb-&amp;gt;id = $e;&lt;br /&gt;
$dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $todb-&amp;gt;attachment = $newfilename;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that adds an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
if ($todb-&amp;gt;id = insert_record(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, $todb)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $e = $todb-&amp;gt;id;&lt;br /&gt;
    $dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
    if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
        set_field(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, $newfilename, &amp;quot;id&amp;quot;, $todb-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// $todb was renamed to $entry, and the code was refactored &lt;br /&gt;
// so that the file-handling code is only used once for either an add or an update action.&lt;br /&gt;
// If an entry is being added, $DB-&amp;gt;insert() has already been called, so we have a valid $entry-&amp;gt;id&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
// store the updated value values&lt;br /&gt;
$DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;glossary_entries&#039;, $entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are adding a new record, you will still need to call update_record after calling the file_postupdate* functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Gotchas ===&lt;br /&gt;
A few things to keep in mind:&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that you instantiate the moodle form before any call to $OUTPUT-&amp;gt;header()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using the file API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Repository API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Portfolio API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* MDL-14589 - File API Meta issue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Repositories]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jaime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32722</id>
		<title>Using the File API in Moodle forms</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32722"/>
		<updated>2012-03-10T11:49:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jaime: /* Add file manager element */ breaks long line&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 2.0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to get files from users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 all files are stored in a central database accessible via the [[File API|File API]], and every file is associated with a component and a &amp;quot;file area&amp;quot; in Moodle, such as a particular module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A common use case is to provide a form (using Moodle&#039;s [[lib/formslib.php|Forms API]]) which allows users to upload or import files as attachments or media embedded into HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally this works like this:&lt;br /&gt;
# User starts creation or re-edits an existing item in Moodle (eg forum post, resource, glossary entry etc)&lt;br /&gt;
# User presses some sort of button to browse for new files to attach or embed&lt;br /&gt;
# User sees our &amp;quot;Choose file...&amp;quot; dialog, which contains one or more repository instances. &lt;br /&gt;
# User chooses a file, the [[Repository API|Repository API]] takes care of copying the file into a &amp;quot;draft file area&amp;quot; within Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# File appears in the text or as an attachment in the form.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the user hits save, the [[File API|File API]] is invoked to move the file from the draft file area into a permanent file area associated with that data &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to interact with users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you just want to write code to manipulate Moodle files internally (without user input) then see [[File API]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form elements== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 there are three file-related form elements for interacting with users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# filemanager - the way to attach one or more files as a set&lt;br /&gt;
# editor - the way to specify a textarea with a HTML editor, and all the handling of images and movies within that HTML&lt;br /&gt;
# filepicker - a way to specify one file for the case when you want to process the file and throw it away &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 1.9 there were two other types which are now &#039;&#039;&#039;deprecated&#039;&#039;&#039; (they work, but please do not use these anymore)&lt;br /&gt;
# file - used to just allow a normal file upload from the desktop only.&lt;br /&gt;
# htmleditor - this old method of embedding a HTML editor in a textarea is not able to support repositories etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===filepicker===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File picker (&#039;&#039;filepicker&#039;&#039;) is a direct replacement of the older &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; formslib element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is intended for situations when you want the user to upload &#039;&#039;&#039;one&#039;&#039;&#039; file so you can process it and delete it, such as when you are importing data from a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using the filepicker element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filepicker&#039;, &#039;userfile&#039;, get_string(&#039;file&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                   array(&#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;*&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Obtain the chosen file ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The API for getting file contents is exactly the same as for &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$content = $mform-&amp;gt;get_file_content(&#039;userfile&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== filemanager ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The File Manager element improves on file picker by allowing you to manage more than one file.  It is expected that the files will be stored permanently for future use (such as forum and glossary attachments).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add file manager element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachments&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;moodle&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                    array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;document&#039;) ));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are the fields for filemanager:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&#039;filemanager&#039;:This is a filemanager element :)&lt;br /&gt;
;elementname:The unique name of the element in the form&lt;br /&gt;
;elementlabel:The label string that users see &lt;br /&gt;
;attributes:(leave it as null)&lt;br /&gt;
;options: an array of further options for the filepicker (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options array can contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;subdirs:(Default 1) Are subdirectories allowed?  (true or false)&lt;br /&gt;
;maxbytes:(Default 0) Restricts the total size of all the files.&lt;br /&gt;
;maxfiles:(Default -1) Restricts the total number of files.&lt;br /&gt;
;accepted_types:(Default *) You can specify what file types are accepted by filemanager.  All current file types are listed in this file: [http://cvs.moodle.org/moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm].  This is a [http://freemind.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page freemind] file: if it is edited the changes will be immediately reflected in Moodle.  Example usage:  &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;audio&#039;, &#039;video&#039;, &#039;documents&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;, you can include file extensions as well, for example: &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;*.txt&#039;, &#039;*.jpg&#039;, &#039;audio&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Load existing files into draft area ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry = new stdClass;&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftitemid = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;attachments&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
file_prepare_draft_area($draftitemid, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;attachments = $draftitemid;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Store updated set of files ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($data = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // ... store or update $entry&lt;br /&gt;
    file_save_draft_area_files($data-&amp;gt;attachments, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===editor===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways of using the editor element in code, the first one is easier but expects some standardized fields. The second method is more low level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Simple use====&lt;br /&gt;
# name database fields: &#039;&#039;textfield&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;textfieldformat&#039;&#039; (and &#039;&#039;textfieldtrust&#039;&#039; if required)&lt;br /&gt;
# create options array.  note that context is the best, most local context you have available.  &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$textfieldoptions = array(&#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxfiles,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# add editor &#039;&#039;textfield_editor&#039;&#039; to moodle form, pass options through custom data in form constructor, set $data-&amp;gt;id to null if data not exist yet &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;textfield_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;fieldname&#039;, &#039;somemodule&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
                   null, $textfieldoptions);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_prepare_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                     &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# get submitted data and after inserting/updating of data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_postupdate_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                        &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Real world examples are in mod/glossary/edit.php and mod/glossary/comment.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Low level use====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using editor element you  need to preprocess and postprocess the data:&lt;br /&gt;
# detect if form was already submitted (usually means draft is area already exists) - &#039;&#039;file_get_submitted_draft_itemid()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare draft file area, temporary storage of all files attached to the text - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# convert encoded relative links to absolute links - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# create form and set current data&lt;br /&gt;
# after submission the changed files must be merged back into original area - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# absolute links have to be replaced by relative links - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Replace old htmleditor with editor=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file picker has been integrated with with TinyMCE to make the editor element. This new element should support all types on editors and should be able to switch them on-the-fly. Instances of the old htmleditor element in your forms should be replaced by the new editor element, this may need adding of new format and trusttext columns. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
        array(&#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; EDITOR_UNLIMITED_FILES));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The editor element can take following options: maxfiles, maxbytes, subdirs and changeformat. Please note that the embedded files is optional feature and is not expected be used everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: the editor element now includes text format option. You should no longer use the separate format element type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Prepare current data - text and files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry = new object();&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;definition = &#039;&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;format = FORMAT_HTML;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftid_editor = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;entry&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$currenttext = file_prepare_draft_area($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $entry-&amp;gt;definition);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;entry = array(&#039;text&#039;=&amp;gt;$currenttext, &#039;format&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry-&amp;gt;format, &#039;itemid&#039;=&amp;gt;$draftid_editor);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are multiple files, they will share the same itemid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Obtain text, format and save draft files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To retrieve editor content, you need to use following code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($fromform = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // content of editor&lt;br /&gt;
    $messagetext = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;text&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
    // format of content&lt;br /&gt;
    $messageformat  = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;format&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user selects a file using the file picker, the file is initially stored in a draft file area, and a URL is inserted into the HTML in the editor that lets the person editing the content (but no one else) see the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the user submits the form, we then need to save the draft files to the correct place in permanent storage. (Just like you have to call $DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;tablename&#039;, $data); to have the other parts of the form submission stored correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The save_files_from_draft_area function and replace absolute links with internal relative links do:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_save_draft_area_files($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $messagetext);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;component&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039; and $entry-&amp;gt;id : correspond to the contextid, filearea and itemid columns in the [[File_API#Table:_files|files table]].&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : this is the message text. As the files are saved to the real file area, the URLs in this content are rewritten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All URLs in content that point to files managed to the File API are converted to a form that starts &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; before the content is stored in the database. That is what we mean by rewriting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File serving==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Convert internal relative links to absolute links ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before text content is displayed to the user, any URLs in the &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; form in the content need to be rewritten to the real URL where the user can access the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_rewrite_pluginfile_urls($messagetext, &#039;pluginfile.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : is the content containing the @@PLUGINFILE@@ URLs from the database.&lt;br /&gt;
; &#039;pluginfile.php&#039; : there are a number of different scripts that can serve files with different permissions checks. You need to specify which one to use.&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid : uniquely identifies the file area, as before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Implement file serving access control ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attachments and embedded images should have the same access control like the text itself, in majority of cases these files are served using pluginfile.php. Access control is defined in &#039;&#039;module/lib.php&#039;&#039; file in function &#039;&#039;module_pluginfile()&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File browsing support ==&lt;br /&gt;
Only owner of each file area is allowed to use low level File API function to access files, other parts of Moodle should use file browsing API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activities may specify browsing support in own module/lib.php file by implementing functions module_get_file_areas() and module_get_file_info().&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading your code ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here I will attempt to describe some simple steps you can take to upgrade your file-handling form elements from pre-2.0 code to 2.0. We will use the example of glossary, since it has been used above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparing your options ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unless you are happy with the defaults, you will need to define an array of options for each file-handling form element. You could define it at different places, but it&#039;s best to put it in one place and make the array(s) available to other files if they need it. In the majority of cases, this will be in a file like edit.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform =&amp;amp; new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, compact(&#039;cm&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;, &#039;hook&#039;, &#039;mode&#039;, &#039;e&#039;, &#039;context&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$maxbytes = $course-&amp;gt;maxbytes; // Could also use $CFG-&amp;gt;maxbytes if you are not coding within a course context&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the data being passed to the form constructor have changed also, but this is not part of the file API changes, I just include them to avoid confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These options are for the htmleditor (definition field) and the filemanager (attachment field). They are used by a file called edit_form.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Element preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before we look at this, however, we need to &amp;quot;prepare&amp;quot; the elements so that they can correctly display existing embedded images and attached files when you are editing a record instead of just creating one. So, let&#039;s take the code we&#039;ve got so far in edit.php and add to it:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently upgraded code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code with element preparation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry in this case is simply a stdClass object which may either represent a new glossary entry or an existing one.&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry-&amp;gt;id must be the unique identifier for the current object. If we are creating a new entry, it will be null, but in all cases it must be defined.&lt;br /&gt;
* These two functions (file_prepare_standard_editor and file_prepare_standard_filemanager) are shortcuts functions that take care of some of the tedious setting up for you, but they make a couple of assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; name the form element as {element}_editor or {element}_filemanager (see next section)&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; have at least the following fields in the database: {element} and {element}summary, as described earlier in this documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can now look at the upgrades needed in the form definition file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit_form.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;htmleditor&#039;, &#039;definition&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), array(&#039;rows&#039;=&amp;gt;20));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition&#039;, null, &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;definition&#039;, array(&#039;writing&#039;, &#039;richtext&#039;), false, &#039;editorhelpbutton&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;format&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$this-&amp;gt;set_upload_manager(new upload_manager(&#039;attachment&#039;, true, false, $COURSE, false, 0, true, true, false));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;file&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;forum&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment&#039;, array(&#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;definitionoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;attachmentoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $definitionoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;required&#039;), &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $attachmentoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, array(&#039;attachment2&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* The format element and the help button are no longer required for the HTML editor element&lt;br /&gt;
* The name of the form element needs to be changed by adding &#039;_editor&#039; or &#039;_manager&#039; to the original name. This is a naming convention that is used by a couple of functions we will look at shortly&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure $definitionoptions has context parameter, else system context is used and editor will not respect filter settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Handling submitted data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The final step is to handle the submitted data properly, i.e. retrieve the files and save them to disk, associating them with the record we have just created (a glossary entry in our example). This happens in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that updates an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
$todb-&amp;gt;id = $e;&lt;br /&gt;
$dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $todb-&amp;gt;attachment = $newfilename;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that adds an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
if ($todb-&amp;gt;id = insert_record(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, $todb)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $e = $todb-&amp;gt;id;&lt;br /&gt;
    $dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
    if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
        set_field(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, $newfilename, &amp;quot;id&amp;quot;, $todb-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// $todb was renamed to $entry, and the code was refactored &lt;br /&gt;
// so that the file-handling code is only used once for either an add or an update action.&lt;br /&gt;
// If an entry is being added, $DB-&amp;gt;insert() has already been called, so we have a valid $entry-&amp;gt;id&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
// store the updated value values&lt;br /&gt;
$DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;glossary_entries&#039;, $entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are adding a new record, you will still need to call update_record after calling the file_postupdate* functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Gotchas ===&lt;br /&gt;
A few things to keep in mind:&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that you instantiate the moodle form before any call to $OUTPUT-&amp;gt;header()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using the file API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Repository API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Portfolio API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* MDL-14589 - File API Meta issue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Repositories]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jaime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32721</id>
		<title>Using the File API in Moodle forms</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32721"/>
		<updated>2012-03-10T11:48:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jaime: /* Using the filepicker element */ breaks long line&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 2.0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to get files from users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 all files are stored in a central database accessible via the [[File API|File API]], and every file is associated with a component and a &amp;quot;file area&amp;quot; in Moodle, such as a particular module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A common use case is to provide a form (using Moodle&#039;s [[lib/formslib.php|Forms API]]) which allows users to upload or import files as attachments or media embedded into HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally this works like this:&lt;br /&gt;
# User starts creation or re-edits an existing item in Moodle (eg forum post, resource, glossary entry etc)&lt;br /&gt;
# User presses some sort of button to browse for new files to attach or embed&lt;br /&gt;
# User sees our &amp;quot;Choose file...&amp;quot; dialog, which contains one or more repository instances. &lt;br /&gt;
# User chooses a file, the [[Repository API|Repository API]] takes care of copying the file into a &amp;quot;draft file area&amp;quot; within Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# File appears in the text or as an attachment in the form.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the user hits save, the [[File API|File API]] is invoked to move the file from the draft file area into a permanent file area associated with that data &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to interact with users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you just want to write code to manipulate Moodle files internally (without user input) then see [[File API]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form elements== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 there are three file-related form elements for interacting with users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# filemanager - the way to attach one or more files as a set&lt;br /&gt;
# editor - the way to specify a textarea with a HTML editor, and all the handling of images and movies within that HTML&lt;br /&gt;
# filepicker - a way to specify one file for the case when you want to process the file and throw it away &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 1.9 there were two other types which are now &#039;&#039;&#039;deprecated&#039;&#039;&#039; (they work, but please do not use these anymore)&lt;br /&gt;
# file - used to just allow a normal file upload from the desktop only.&lt;br /&gt;
# htmleditor - this old method of embedding a HTML editor in a textarea is not able to support repositories etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===filepicker===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File picker (&#039;&#039;filepicker&#039;&#039;) is a direct replacement of the older &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; formslib element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is intended for situations when you want the user to upload &#039;&#039;&#039;one&#039;&#039;&#039; file so you can process it and delete it, such as when you are importing data from a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using the filepicker element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filepicker&#039;, &#039;userfile&#039;, get_string(&#039;file&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                   array(&#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;*&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Obtain the chosen file ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The API for getting file contents is exactly the same as for &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$content = $mform-&amp;gt;get_file_content(&#039;userfile&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== filemanager ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The File Manager element improves on file picker by allowing you to manage more than one file.  It is expected that the files will be stored permanently for future use (such as forum and glossary attachments).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add file manager element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachments&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;moodle&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                    array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50, &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;document&#039;) ));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are the fields for filemanager:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&#039;filemanager&#039;:This is a filemanager element :)&lt;br /&gt;
;elementname:The unique name of the element in the form&lt;br /&gt;
;elementlabel:The label string that users see &lt;br /&gt;
;attributes:(leave it as null)&lt;br /&gt;
;options: an array of further options for the filepicker (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options array can contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;subdirs:(Default 1) Are subdirectories allowed?  (true or false)&lt;br /&gt;
;maxbytes:(Default 0) Restricts the total size of all the files.&lt;br /&gt;
;maxfiles:(Default -1) Restricts the total number of files.&lt;br /&gt;
;accepted_types:(Default *) You can specify what file types are accepted by filemanager.  All current file types are listed in this file: [http://cvs.moodle.org/moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm].  This is a [http://freemind.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page freemind] file: if it is edited the changes will be immediately reflected in Moodle.  Example usage:  &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;audio&#039;, &#039;video&#039;, &#039;documents&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;, you can include file extensions as well, for example: &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;*.txt&#039;, &#039;*.jpg&#039;, &#039;audio&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Load existing files into draft area ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry = new stdClass;&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftitemid = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;attachments&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
file_prepare_draft_area($draftitemid, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;attachments = $draftitemid;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Store updated set of files ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($data = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // ... store or update $entry&lt;br /&gt;
    file_save_draft_area_files($data-&amp;gt;attachments, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===editor===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways of using the editor element in code, the first one is easier but expects some standardized fields. The second method is more low level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Simple use====&lt;br /&gt;
# name database fields: &#039;&#039;textfield&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;textfieldformat&#039;&#039; (and &#039;&#039;textfieldtrust&#039;&#039; if required)&lt;br /&gt;
# create options array.  note that context is the best, most local context you have available.  &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$textfieldoptions = array(&#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxfiles,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# add editor &#039;&#039;textfield_editor&#039;&#039; to moodle form, pass options through custom data in form constructor, set $data-&amp;gt;id to null if data not exist yet &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;textfield_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;fieldname&#039;, &#039;somemodule&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
                   null, $textfieldoptions);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_prepare_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                     &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# get submitted data and after inserting/updating of data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_postupdate_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                        &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Real world examples are in mod/glossary/edit.php and mod/glossary/comment.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Low level use====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using editor element you  need to preprocess and postprocess the data:&lt;br /&gt;
# detect if form was already submitted (usually means draft is area already exists) - &#039;&#039;file_get_submitted_draft_itemid()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare draft file area, temporary storage of all files attached to the text - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# convert encoded relative links to absolute links - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# create form and set current data&lt;br /&gt;
# after submission the changed files must be merged back into original area - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# absolute links have to be replaced by relative links - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Replace old htmleditor with editor=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file picker has been integrated with with TinyMCE to make the editor element. This new element should support all types on editors and should be able to switch them on-the-fly. Instances of the old htmleditor element in your forms should be replaced by the new editor element, this may need adding of new format and trusttext columns. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
        array(&#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; EDITOR_UNLIMITED_FILES));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The editor element can take following options: maxfiles, maxbytes, subdirs and changeformat. Please note that the embedded files is optional feature and is not expected be used everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: the editor element now includes text format option. You should no longer use the separate format element type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Prepare current data - text and files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry = new object();&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;definition = &#039;&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;format = FORMAT_HTML;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftid_editor = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;entry&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$currenttext = file_prepare_draft_area($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $entry-&amp;gt;definition);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;entry = array(&#039;text&#039;=&amp;gt;$currenttext, &#039;format&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry-&amp;gt;format, &#039;itemid&#039;=&amp;gt;$draftid_editor);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are multiple files, they will share the same itemid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Obtain text, format and save draft files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To retrieve editor content, you need to use following code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($fromform = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // content of editor&lt;br /&gt;
    $messagetext = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;text&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
    // format of content&lt;br /&gt;
    $messageformat  = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;format&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user selects a file using the file picker, the file is initially stored in a draft file area, and a URL is inserted into the HTML in the editor that lets the person editing the content (but no one else) see the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the user submits the form, we then need to save the draft files to the correct place in permanent storage. (Just like you have to call $DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;tablename&#039;, $data); to have the other parts of the form submission stored correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The save_files_from_draft_area function and replace absolute links with internal relative links do:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_save_draft_area_files($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $messagetext);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;component&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039; and $entry-&amp;gt;id : correspond to the contextid, filearea and itemid columns in the [[File_API#Table:_files|files table]].&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : this is the message text. As the files are saved to the real file area, the URLs in this content are rewritten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All URLs in content that point to files managed to the File API are converted to a form that starts &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; before the content is stored in the database. That is what we mean by rewriting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File serving==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Convert internal relative links to absolute links ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before text content is displayed to the user, any URLs in the &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; form in the content need to be rewritten to the real URL where the user can access the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_rewrite_pluginfile_urls($messagetext, &#039;pluginfile.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : is the content containing the @@PLUGINFILE@@ URLs from the database.&lt;br /&gt;
; &#039;pluginfile.php&#039; : there are a number of different scripts that can serve files with different permissions checks. You need to specify which one to use.&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid : uniquely identifies the file area, as before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Implement file serving access control ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attachments and embedded images should have the same access control like the text itself, in majority of cases these files are served using pluginfile.php. Access control is defined in &#039;&#039;module/lib.php&#039;&#039; file in function &#039;&#039;module_pluginfile()&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File browsing support ==&lt;br /&gt;
Only owner of each file area is allowed to use low level File API function to access files, other parts of Moodle should use file browsing API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activities may specify browsing support in own module/lib.php file by implementing functions module_get_file_areas() and module_get_file_info().&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading your code ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here I will attempt to describe some simple steps you can take to upgrade your file-handling form elements from pre-2.0 code to 2.0. We will use the example of glossary, since it has been used above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparing your options ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unless you are happy with the defaults, you will need to define an array of options for each file-handling form element. You could define it at different places, but it&#039;s best to put it in one place and make the array(s) available to other files if they need it. In the majority of cases, this will be in a file like edit.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform =&amp;amp; new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, compact(&#039;cm&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;, &#039;hook&#039;, &#039;mode&#039;, &#039;e&#039;, &#039;context&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$maxbytes = $course-&amp;gt;maxbytes; // Could also use $CFG-&amp;gt;maxbytes if you are not coding within a course context&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the data being passed to the form constructor have changed also, but this is not part of the file API changes, I just include them to avoid confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These options are for the htmleditor (definition field) and the filemanager (attachment field). They are used by a file called edit_form.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Element preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before we look at this, however, we need to &amp;quot;prepare&amp;quot; the elements so that they can correctly display existing embedded images and attached files when you are editing a record instead of just creating one. So, let&#039;s take the code we&#039;ve got so far in edit.php and add to it:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently upgraded code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code with element preparation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry in this case is simply a stdClass object which may either represent a new glossary entry or an existing one.&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry-&amp;gt;id must be the unique identifier for the current object. If we are creating a new entry, it will be null, but in all cases it must be defined.&lt;br /&gt;
* These two functions (file_prepare_standard_editor and file_prepare_standard_filemanager) are shortcuts functions that take care of some of the tedious setting up for you, but they make a couple of assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; name the form element as {element}_editor or {element}_filemanager (see next section)&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; have at least the following fields in the database: {element} and {element}summary, as described earlier in this documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can now look at the upgrades needed in the form definition file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit_form.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;htmleditor&#039;, &#039;definition&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), array(&#039;rows&#039;=&amp;gt;20));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition&#039;, null, &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;definition&#039;, array(&#039;writing&#039;, &#039;richtext&#039;), false, &#039;editorhelpbutton&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;format&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$this-&amp;gt;set_upload_manager(new upload_manager(&#039;attachment&#039;, true, false, $COURSE, false, 0, true, true, false));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;file&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;forum&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment&#039;, array(&#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;definitionoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;attachmentoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $definitionoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;required&#039;), &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $attachmentoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, array(&#039;attachment2&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* The format element and the help button are no longer required for the HTML editor element&lt;br /&gt;
* The name of the form element needs to be changed by adding &#039;_editor&#039; or &#039;_manager&#039; to the original name. This is a naming convention that is used by a couple of functions we will look at shortly&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure $definitionoptions has context parameter, else system context is used and editor will not respect filter settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Handling submitted data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The final step is to handle the submitted data properly, i.e. retrieve the files and save them to disk, associating them with the record we have just created (a glossary entry in our example). This happens in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that updates an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
$todb-&amp;gt;id = $e;&lt;br /&gt;
$dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $todb-&amp;gt;attachment = $newfilename;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that adds an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
if ($todb-&amp;gt;id = insert_record(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, $todb)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $e = $todb-&amp;gt;id;&lt;br /&gt;
    $dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
    if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
        set_field(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, $newfilename, &amp;quot;id&amp;quot;, $todb-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// $todb was renamed to $entry, and the code was refactored &lt;br /&gt;
// so that the file-handling code is only used once for either an add or an update action.&lt;br /&gt;
// If an entry is being added, $DB-&amp;gt;insert() has already been called, so we have a valid $entry-&amp;gt;id&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
// store the updated value values&lt;br /&gt;
$DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;glossary_entries&#039;, $entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are adding a new record, you will still need to call update_record after calling the file_postupdate* functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Gotchas ===&lt;br /&gt;
A few things to keep in mind:&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that you instantiate the moodle form before any call to $OUTPUT-&amp;gt;header()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using the file API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Repository API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Portfolio API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* MDL-14589 - File API Meta issue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Repositories]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jaime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32720</id>
		<title>Using the File API in Moodle forms</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32720"/>
		<updated>2012-03-10T11:42:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jaime: /* Simple use */ Better formatting for easier reading.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 2.0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to get files from users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 all files are stored in a central database accessible via the [[File API|File API]], and every file is associated with a component and a &amp;quot;file area&amp;quot; in Moodle, such as a particular module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A common use case is to provide a form (using Moodle&#039;s [[lib/formslib.php|Forms API]]) which allows users to upload or import files as attachments or media embedded into HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally this works like this:&lt;br /&gt;
# User starts creation or re-edits an existing item in Moodle (eg forum post, resource, glossary entry etc)&lt;br /&gt;
# User presses some sort of button to browse for new files to attach or embed&lt;br /&gt;
# User sees our &amp;quot;Choose file...&amp;quot; dialog, which contains one or more repository instances. &lt;br /&gt;
# User chooses a file, the [[Repository API|Repository API]] takes care of copying the file into a &amp;quot;draft file area&amp;quot; within Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# File appears in the text or as an attachment in the form.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the user hits save, the [[File API|File API]] is invoked to move the file from the draft file area into a permanent file area associated with that data &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to interact with users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you just want to write code to manipulate Moodle files internally (without user input) then see [[File API]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form elements== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 there are three file-related form elements for interacting with users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# filemanager - the way to attach one or more files as a set&lt;br /&gt;
# editor - the way to specify a textarea with a HTML editor, and all the handling of images and movies within that HTML&lt;br /&gt;
# filepicker - a way to specify one file for the case when you want to process the file and throw it away &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 1.9 there were two other types which are now &#039;&#039;&#039;deprecated&#039;&#039;&#039; (they work, but please do not use these anymore)&lt;br /&gt;
# file - used to just allow a normal file upload from the desktop only.&lt;br /&gt;
# htmleditor - this old method of embedding a HTML editor in a textarea is not able to support repositories etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===filepicker===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File picker (&#039;&#039;filepicker&#039;&#039;) is a direct replacement of the older &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; formslib element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is intended for situations when you want the user to upload &#039;&#039;&#039;one&#039;&#039;&#039; file so you can process it and delete it, such as when you are importing data from a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using the filepicker element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filepicker&#039;, &#039;userfile&#039;, get_string(&#039;file&#039;), null, array(&#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;*&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Obtain the chosen file ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The API for getting file contents is exactly the same as for &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$content = $mform-&amp;gt;get_file_content(&#039;userfile&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== filemanager ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The File Manager element improves on file picker by allowing you to manage more than one file.  It is expected that the files will be stored permanently for future use (such as forum and glossary attachments).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add file manager element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachments&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;moodle&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                    array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50, &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;document&#039;) ));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are the fields for filemanager:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&#039;filemanager&#039;:This is a filemanager element :)&lt;br /&gt;
;elementname:The unique name of the element in the form&lt;br /&gt;
;elementlabel:The label string that users see &lt;br /&gt;
;attributes:(leave it as null)&lt;br /&gt;
;options: an array of further options for the filepicker (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options array can contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;subdirs:(Default 1) Are subdirectories allowed?  (true or false)&lt;br /&gt;
;maxbytes:(Default 0) Restricts the total size of all the files.&lt;br /&gt;
;maxfiles:(Default -1) Restricts the total number of files.&lt;br /&gt;
;accepted_types:(Default *) You can specify what file types are accepted by filemanager.  All current file types are listed in this file: [http://cvs.moodle.org/moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm].  This is a [http://freemind.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page freemind] file: if it is edited the changes will be immediately reflected in Moodle.  Example usage:  &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;audio&#039;, &#039;video&#039;, &#039;documents&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;, you can include file extensions as well, for example: &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;*.txt&#039;, &#039;*.jpg&#039;, &#039;audio&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Load existing files into draft area ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry = new stdClass;&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftitemid = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;attachments&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
file_prepare_draft_area($draftitemid, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;attachments = $draftitemid;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Store updated set of files ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($data = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // ... store or update $entry&lt;br /&gt;
    file_save_draft_area_files($data-&amp;gt;attachments, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===editor===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways of using the editor element in code, the first one is easier but expects some standardized fields. The second method is more low level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Simple use====&lt;br /&gt;
# name database fields: &#039;&#039;textfield&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;textfieldformat&#039;&#039; (and &#039;&#039;textfieldtrust&#039;&#039; if required)&lt;br /&gt;
# create options array.  note that context is the best, most local context you have available.  &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$textfieldoptions = array(&#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxfiles,&lt;br /&gt;
                          &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# add editor &#039;&#039;textfield_editor&#039;&#039; to moodle form, pass options through custom data in form constructor, set $data-&amp;gt;id to null if data not exist yet &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;textfield_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;fieldname&#039;, &#039;somemodule&#039;),&lt;br /&gt;
                   null, $textfieldoptions);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_prepare_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                     &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# get submitted data and after inserting/updating of data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_postupdate_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context,&lt;br /&gt;
                                        &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Real world examples are in mod/glossary/edit.php and mod/glossary/comment.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Low level use====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using editor element you  need to preprocess and postprocess the data:&lt;br /&gt;
# detect if form was already submitted (usually means draft is area already exists) - &#039;&#039;file_get_submitted_draft_itemid()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare draft file area, temporary storage of all files attached to the text - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# convert encoded relative links to absolute links - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# create form and set current data&lt;br /&gt;
# after submission the changed files must be merged back into original area - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# absolute links have to be replaced by relative links - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Replace old htmleditor with editor=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file picker has been integrated with with TinyMCE to make the editor element. This new element should support all types on editors and should be able to switch them on-the-fly. Instances of the old htmleditor element in your forms should be replaced by the new editor element, this may need adding of new format and trusttext columns. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
        array(&#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; EDITOR_UNLIMITED_FILES));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The editor element can take following options: maxfiles, maxbytes, subdirs and changeformat. Please note that the embedded files is optional feature and is not expected be used everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: the editor element now includes text format option. You should no longer use the separate format element type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Prepare current data - text and files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry = new object();&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;definition = &#039;&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;format = FORMAT_HTML;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftid_editor = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;entry&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$currenttext = file_prepare_draft_area($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $entry-&amp;gt;definition);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;entry = array(&#039;text&#039;=&amp;gt;$currenttext, &#039;format&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry-&amp;gt;format, &#039;itemid&#039;=&amp;gt;$draftid_editor);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are multiple files, they will share the same itemid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Obtain text, format and save draft files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To retrieve editor content, you need to use following code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($fromform = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // content of editor&lt;br /&gt;
    $messagetext = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;text&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
    // format of content&lt;br /&gt;
    $messageformat  = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;format&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user selects a file using the file picker, the file is initially stored in a draft file area, and a URL is inserted into the HTML in the editor that lets the person editing the content (but no one else) see the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the user submits the form, we then need to save the draft files to the correct place in permanent storage. (Just like you have to call $DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;tablename&#039;, $data); to have the other parts of the form submission stored correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The save_files_from_draft_area function and replace absolute links with internal relative links do:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_save_draft_area_files($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $messagetext);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;component&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039; and $entry-&amp;gt;id : correspond to the contextid, filearea and itemid columns in the [[File_API#Table:_files|files table]].&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : this is the message text. As the files are saved to the real file area, the URLs in this content are rewritten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All URLs in content that point to files managed to the File API are converted to a form that starts &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; before the content is stored in the database. That is what we mean by rewriting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File serving==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Convert internal relative links to absolute links ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before text content is displayed to the user, any URLs in the &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; form in the content need to be rewritten to the real URL where the user can access the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_rewrite_pluginfile_urls($messagetext, &#039;pluginfile.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : is the content containing the @@PLUGINFILE@@ URLs from the database.&lt;br /&gt;
; &#039;pluginfile.php&#039; : there are a number of different scripts that can serve files with different permissions checks. You need to specify which one to use.&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid : uniquely identifies the file area, as before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Implement file serving access control ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attachments and embedded images should have the same access control like the text itself, in majority of cases these files are served using pluginfile.php. Access control is defined in &#039;&#039;module/lib.php&#039;&#039; file in function &#039;&#039;module_pluginfile()&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File browsing support ==&lt;br /&gt;
Only owner of each file area is allowed to use low level File API function to access files, other parts of Moodle should use file browsing API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activities may specify browsing support in own module/lib.php file by implementing functions module_get_file_areas() and module_get_file_info().&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading your code ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here I will attempt to describe some simple steps you can take to upgrade your file-handling form elements from pre-2.0 code to 2.0. We will use the example of glossary, since it has been used above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparing your options ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unless you are happy with the defaults, you will need to define an array of options for each file-handling form element. You could define it at different places, but it&#039;s best to put it in one place and make the array(s) available to other files if they need it. In the majority of cases, this will be in a file like edit.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform =&amp;amp; new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, compact(&#039;cm&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;, &#039;hook&#039;, &#039;mode&#039;, &#039;e&#039;, &#039;context&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$maxbytes = $course-&amp;gt;maxbytes; // Could also use $CFG-&amp;gt;maxbytes if you are not coding within a course context&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the data being passed to the form constructor have changed also, but this is not part of the file API changes, I just include them to avoid confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These options are for the htmleditor (definition field) and the filemanager (attachment field). They are used by a file called edit_form.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Element preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before we look at this, however, we need to &amp;quot;prepare&amp;quot; the elements so that they can correctly display existing embedded images and attached files when you are editing a record instead of just creating one. So, let&#039;s take the code we&#039;ve got so far in edit.php and add to it:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently upgraded code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code with element preparation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry in this case is simply a stdClass object which may either represent a new glossary entry or an existing one.&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry-&amp;gt;id must be the unique identifier for the current object. If we are creating a new entry, it will be null, but in all cases it must be defined.&lt;br /&gt;
* These two functions (file_prepare_standard_editor and file_prepare_standard_filemanager) are shortcuts functions that take care of some of the tedious setting up for you, but they make a couple of assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; name the form element as {element}_editor or {element}_filemanager (see next section)&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; have at least the following fields in the database: {element} and {element}summary, as described earlier in this documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can now look at the upgrades needed in the form definition file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit_form.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;htmleditor&#039;, &#039;definition&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), array(&#039;rows&#039;=&amp;gt;20));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition&#039;, null, &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;definition&#039;, array(&#039;writing&#039;, &#039;richtext&#039;), false, &#039;editorhelpbutton&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;format&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$this-&amp;gt;set_upload_manager(new upload_manager(&#039;attachment&#039;, true, false, $COURSE, false, 0, true, true, false));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;file&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;forum&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment&#039;, array(&#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;definitionoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;attachmentoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $definitionoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;required&#039;), &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $attachmentoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, array(&#039;attachment2&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* The format element and the help button are no longer required for the HTML editor element&lt;br /&gt;
* The name of the form element needs to be changed by adding &#039;_editor&#039; or &#039;_manager&#039; to the original name. This is a naming convention that is used by a couple of functions we will look at shortly&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure $definitionoptions has context parameter, else system context is used and editor will not respect filter settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Handling submitted data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The final step is to handle the submitted data properly, i.e. retrieve the files and save them to disk, associating them with the record we have just created (a glossary entry in our example). This happens in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that updates an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
$todb-&amp;gt;id = $e;&lt;br /&gt;
$dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $todb-&amp;gt;attachment = $newfilename;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that adds an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
if ($todb-&amp;gt;id = insert_record(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, $todb)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $e = $todb-&amp;gt;id;&lt;br /&gt;
    $dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
    if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
        set_field(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, $newfilename, &amp;quot;id&amp;quot;, $todb-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// $todb was renamed to $entry, and the code was refactored &lt;br /&gt;
// so that the file-handling code is only used once for either an add or an update action.&lt;br /&gt;
// If an entry is being added, $DB-&amp;gt;insert() has already been called, so we have a valid $entry-&amp;gt;id&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
// store the updated value values&lt;br /&gt;
$DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;glossary_entries&#039;, $entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are adding a new record, you will still need to call update_record after calling the file_postupdate* functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Gotchas ===&lt;br /&gt;
A few things to keep in mind:&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that you instantiate the moodle form before any call to $OUTPUT-&amp;gt;header()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using the file API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Repository API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Portfolio API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* MDL-14589 - File API Meta issue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Repositories]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jaime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32719</id>
		<title>Using the File API in Moodle forms</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Using_the_File_API_in_Moodle_forms&amp;diff=32719"/>
		<updated>2012-03-10T11:35:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jaime: /* editor */ English grammar change&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 2.0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to get files from users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 all files are stored in a central database accessible via the [[File API|File API]], and every file is associated with a component and a &amp;quot;file area&amp;quot; in Moodle, such as a particular module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A common use case is to provide a form (using Moodle&#039;s [[lib/formslib.php|Forms API]]) which allows users to upload or import files as attachments or media embedded into HTML.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally this works like this:&lt;br /&gt;
# User starts creation or re-edits an existing item in Moodle (eg forum post, resource, glossary entry etc)&lt;br /&gt;
# User presses some sort of button to browse for new files to attach or embed&lt;br /&gt;
# User sees our &amp;quot;Choose file...&amp;quot; dialog, which contains one or more repository instances. &lt;br /&gt;
# User chooses a file, the [[Repository API|Repository API]] takes care of copying the file into a &amp;quot;draft file area&amp;quot; within Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
# File appears in the text or as an attachment in the form.&lt;br /&gt;
# When the user hits save, the [[File API|File API]] is invoked to move the file from the draft file area into a permanent file area associated with that data &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This document shows you exactly how to use Moodle forms to interact with users in a standard and secure way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you just want to write code to manipulate Moodle files internally (without user input) then see [[File API]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form elements== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 2.0 there are three file-related form elements for interacting with users:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# filemanager - the way to attach one or more files as a set&lt;br /&gt;
# editor - the way to specify a textarea with a HTML editor, and all the handling of images and movies within that HTML&lt;br /&gt;
# filepicker - a way to specify one file for the case when you want to process the file and throw it away &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 1.9 there were two other types which are now &#039;&#039;&#039;deprecated&#039;&#039;&#039; (they work, but please do not use these anymore)&lt;br /&gt;
# file - used to just allow a normal file upload from the desktop only.&lt;br /&gt;
# htmleditor - this old method of embedding a HTML editor in a textarea is not able to support repositories etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===filepicker===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File picker (&#039;&#039;filepicker&#039;&#039;) is a direct replacement of the older &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; formslib element. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is intended for situations when you want the user to upload &#039;&#039;&#039;one&#039;&#039;&#039; file so you can process it and delete it, such as when you are importing data from a CSV file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using the filepicker element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filepicker&#039;, &#039;userfile&#039;, get_string(&#039;file&#039;), null, array(&#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;*&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Obtain the chosen file ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The API for getting file contents is exactly the same as for &#039;&#039;file&#039;&#039; element.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$content = $mform-&amp;gt;get_file_content(&#039;userfile&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== filemanager ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The File Manager element improves on file picker by allowing you to manage more than one file.  It is expected that the files will be stored permanently for future use (such as forum and glossary attachments).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Add file manager element ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachments&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;moodle&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
                    array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50, &#039;accepted_types&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&#039;document&#039;) ));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are the fields for filemanager:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;&#039;filemanager&#039;:This is a filemanager element :)&lt;br /&gt;
;elementname:The unique name of the element in the form&lt;br /&gt;
;elementlabel:The label string that users see &lt;br /&gt;
;attributes:(leave it as null)&lt;br /&gt;
;options: an array of further options for the filepicker (see below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The options array can contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;subdirs:(Default 1) Are subdirectories allowed?  (true or false)&lt;br /&gt;
;maxbytes:(Default 0) Restricts the total size of all the files.&lt;br /&gt;
;maxfiles:(Default -1) Restricts the total number of files.&lt;br /&gt;
;accepted_types:(Default *) You can specify what file types are accepted by filemanager.  All current file types are listed in this file: [http://cvs.moodle.org/moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm moodle/lib/filestorage/file_types.mm].  This is a [http://freemind.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page freemind] file: if it is edited the changes will be immediately reflected in Moodle.  Example usage:  &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;audio&#039;, &#039;video&#039;, &#039;documents&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;, you can include file extensions as well, for example: &#039;&#039;&#039;array(&#039;*.txt&#039;, &#039;*.jpg&#039;, &#039;audio&#039;)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Load existing files into draft area ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry = new stdClass;&lt;br /&gt;
    $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftitemid = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;attachments&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
file_prepare_draft_area($draftitemid, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;attachments = $draftitemid;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Store updated set of files ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($data = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // ... store or update $entry&lt;br /&gt;
    file_save_draft_area_files($data-&amp;gt;attachments, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039; =&amp;gt; 0, &#039;maxbytes&#039; =&amp;gt; $maxbytes, &#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; 50));&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===editor===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways of using the editor element in code, the first one is easier but expects some standardized fields. The second method is more low level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Simple use====&lt;br /&gt;
# name database fields: &#039;&#039;textfield&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;textfieldformat&#039;&#039; (and &#039;&#039;textfieldtrust&#039;&#039; if required)&lt;br /&gt;
# create options array.  note that context is the best, most local context you have available.  &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$textfieldoptions = array(&#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxfiles, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# add editor &#039;&#039;textfield_editor&#039;&#039; to moodle form, pass options through custom data in form constructor, set $data-&amp;gt;id to null if data not exist yet &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;textfield_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;fieldname&#039;, &#039;somemodule&#039;), null, $textfieldoptions);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_prepare_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context, &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# get submitted data and after inserting/updating of data &amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;$data = file_postupdate_standard_editor($data, &#039;textfield&#039;, $textfieldoptions, $context, &#039;mod_somemodule&#039;, &#039;somearea&#039;, $data-&amp;gt;id);&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Real world examples are in mod/glossary/edit.php and mod/glossary/comment.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Low level use====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using editor element you  need to preprocess and postprocess the data:&lt;br /&gt;
# detect if form was already submitted (usually means draft is area already exists) - &#039;&#039;file_get_submitted_draft_itemid()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# prepare draft file area, temporary storage of all files attached to the text - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# convert encoded relative links to absolute links - &#039;&#039;file_prepare_draft_area()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# create form and set current data&lt;br /&gt;
# after submission the changed files must be merged back into original area - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# absolute links have to be replaced by relative links - &#039;&#039;file_save_draft_area_files()&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Replace old htmleditor with editor=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file picker has been integrated with with TinyMCE to make the editor element. This new element should support all types on editors and should be able to switch them on-the-fly. Instances of the old htmleditor element in your forms should be replaced by the new editor element, this may need adding of new format and trusttext columns. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null,&lt;br /&gt;
        array(&#039;maxfiles&#039; =&amp;gt; EDITOR_UNLIMITED_FILES));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The editor element can take following options: maxfiles, maxbytes, subdirs and changeformat. Please note that the embedded files is optional feature and is not expected be used everywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;: the editor element now includes text format option. You should no longer use the separate format element type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Prepare current data - text and files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if (empty($entry-&amp;gt;id)) {&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry = new object();&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;id = null;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;definition = &#039;&#039;;&lt;br /&gt;
  $entry-&amp;gt;format = FORMAT_HTML;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$draftid_editor = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid(&#039;entry&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$currenttext = file_prepare_draft_area($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $entry-&amp;gt;definition);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry-&amp;gt;entry = array(&#039;text&#039;=&amp;gt;$currenttext, &#039;format&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry-&amp;gt;format, &#039;itemid&#039;=&amp;gt;$draftid_editor);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;set_data($entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are multiple files, they will share the same itemid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Obtain text, format and save draft files=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To retrieve editor content, you need to use following code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
if ($fromform = $mform-&amp;gt;get_data()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    // content of editor&lt;br /&gt;
    $messagetext = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;text&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
    // format of content&lt;br /&gt;
    $messageformat  = $fromform-&amp;gt;entry[&#039;format&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a user selects a file using the file picker, the file is initially stored in a draft file area, and a URL is inserted into the HTML in the editor that lets the person editing the content (but no one else) see the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the user submits the form, we then need to save the draft files to the correct place in permanent storage. (Just like you have to call $DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;tablename&#039;, $data); to have the other parts of the form submission stored correctly.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The save_files_from_draft_area function and replace absolute links with internal relative links do:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_save_draft_area_files($draftid_editor, $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id, array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;true), $messagetext);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;component&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039; and $entry-&amp;gt;id : correspond to the contextid, filearea and itemid columns in the [[File_API#Table:_files|files table]].&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : this is the message text. As the files are saved to the real file area, the URLs in this content are rewritten.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All URLs in content that point to files managed to the File API are converted to a form that starts &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; before the content is stored in the database. That is what we mean by rewriting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File serving==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Convert internal relative links to absolute links ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before text content is displayed to the user, any URLs in the &#039;@@PLUGINFILE@@/&#039; form in the content need to be rewritten to the real URL where the user can access the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$messagetext = file_rewrite_pluginfile_urls($messagetext, &#039;pluginfile.php&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
; $messagetext : is the content containing the @@PLUGINFILE@@ URLs from the database.&lt;br /&gt;
; &#039;pluginfile.php&#039; : there are a number of different scripts that can serve files with different permissions checks. You need to specify which one to use.&lt;br /&gt;
; $context-&amp;gt;id, &#039;mod_mymodule&#039;, &#039;proper_file_area&#039;, $itemid : uniquely identifies the file area, as before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Implement file serving access control ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attachments and embedded images should have the same access control like the text itself, in majority of cases these files are served using pluginfile.php. Access control is defined in &#039;&#039;module/lib.php&#039;&#039; file in function &#039;&#039;module_pluginfile()&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File browsing support ==&lt;br /&gt;
Only owner of each file area is allowed to use low level File API function to access files, other parts of Moodle should use file browsing API.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activities may specify browsing support in own module/lib.php file by implementing functions module_get_file_areas() and module_get_file_info().&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading your code ==&lt;br /&gt;
Here I will attempt to describe some simple steps you can take to upgrade your file-handling form elements from pre-2.0 code to 2.0. We will use the example of glossary, since it has been used above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Preparing your options ===&lt;br /&gt;
Unless you are happy with the defaults, you will need to define an array of options for each file-handling form element. You could define it at different places, but it&#039;s best to put it in one place and make the array(s) available to other files if they need it. In the majority of cases, this will be in a file like edit.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform =&amp;amp; new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, compact(&#039;cm&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;, &#039;hook&#039;, &#039;mode&#039;, &#039;e&#039;, &#039;context&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$maxbytes = $course-&amp;gt;maxbytes; // Could also use $CFG-&amp;gt;maxbytes if you are not coding within a course context&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes, &#039;trusttext&#039;=&amp;gt;true, &#039;context&#039;=&amp;gt;$context);&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = array(&#039;subdirs&#039;=&amp;gt;false, &#039;maxfiles&#039;=&amp;gt;99, &#039;maxbytes&#039;=&amp;gt;$maxbytes);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the data being passed to the form constructor have changed also, but this is not part of the file API changes, I just include them to avoid confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These options are for the htmleditor (definition field) and the filemanager (attachment field). They are used by a file called edit_form.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Element preparation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before we look at this, however, we need to &amp;quot;prepare&amp;quot; the elements so that they can correctly display existing embedded images and attached files when you are editing a record instead of just creating one. So, let&#039;s take the code we&#039;ve got so far in edit.php and add to it:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Currently upgraded code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code with element preparation:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_prepare_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform = new mod_glossary_entry_form(null, array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;current&#039;=&amp;gt;$entry, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;cm&#039;=&amp;gt;$cm, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;glossary&#039;=&amp;gt;$glossary,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;definitionoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$definitionoptions, &lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;attachmentoptions&#039;=&amp;gt;$attachmentoptions));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry in this case is simply a stdClass object which may either represent a new glossary entry or an existing one.&lt;br /&gt;
* $entry-&amp;gt;id must be the unique identifier for the current object. If we are creating a new entry, it will be null, but in all cases it must be defined.&lt;br /&gt;
* These two functions (file_prepare_standard_editor and file_prepare_standard_filemanager) are shortcuts functions that take care of some of the tedious setting up for you, but they make a couple of assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; name the form element as {element}_editor or {element}_filemanager (see next section)&lt;br /&gt;
*# You &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; have at least the following fields in the database: {element} and {element}summary, as described earlier in this documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can now look at the upgrades needed in the form definition file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form definition ===&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in mod/glossary/edit_form.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;htmleditor&#039;, &#039;definition&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), array(&#039;rows&#039;=&amp;gt;20));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition&#039;, null, &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;definition&#039;, array(&#039;writing&#039;, &#039;richtext&#039;), false, &#039;editorhelpbutton&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;format&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$this-&amp;gt;set_upload_manager(new upload_manager(&#039;attachment&#039;, true, false, $COURSE, false, 0, true, true, false));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;file&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;forum&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment&#039;, array(&#039;attachment&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$definitionoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;definitionoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
$attachmentoptions = $this-&amp;gt;_customdata[&#039;attachmentoptions&#039;];&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;editor&#039;, &#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;definition&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $definitionoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setType(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, PARAM_RAW);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addRule(&#039;definition_editor&#039;, get_string(&#039;required&#039;), &#039;required&#039;, null, &#039;client&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
// a bit further...&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;addElement(&#039;filemanager&#039;, &#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), null, $attachmentoptions);&lt;br /&gt;
$mform-&amp;gt;setHelpButton(&#039;attachment_filemanager&#039;, array(&#039;attachment2&#039;, get_string(&#039;attachment&#039;, &#039;glossary&#039;), &#039;glossary&#039;));&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* The format element and the help button are no longer required for the HTML editor element&lt;br /&gt;
* The name of the form element needs to be changed by adding &#039;_editor&#039; or &#039;_manager&#039; to the original name. This is a naming convention that is used by a couple of functions we will look at shortly&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure $definitionoptions has context parameter, else system context is used and editor will not respect filter settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Handling submitted data ===&lt;br /&gt;
The final step is to handle the submitted data properly, i.e. retrieve the files and save them to disk, associating them with the record we have just created (a glossary entry in our example). This happens in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous code in edit.php:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that updates an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
$todb-&amp;gt;id = $e;&lt;br /&gt;
$dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $todb-&amp;gt;attachment = $newfilename;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
// Section that adds an entry:&lt;br /&gt;
if ($todb-&amp;gt;id = insert_record(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, $todb)) {&lt;br /&gt;
    $e = $todb-&amp;gt;id;&lt;br /&gt;
    $dir = glossary_file_area_name($todb);&lt;br /&gt;
    if ($mform-&amp;gt;save_files($dir) and $newfilename = $mform-&amp;gt;get_new_filename()) {&lt;br /&gt;
        set_field(&amp;quot;glossary_entries&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, $newfilename, &amp;quot;id&amp;quot;, $todb-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
New code:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
// $todb was renamed to $entry, and the code was refactored &lt;br /&gt;
// so that the file-handling code is only used once for either an add or an update action.&lt;br /&gt;
// If an entry is being added, $DB-&amp;gt;insert() has already been called, so we have a valid $entry-&amp;gt;id&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_editor($entry, &#039;definition&#039;, $definitionoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;entry&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
$entry = file_postupdate_standard_filemanager($entry, &#039;attachment&#039;, $attachmentoptions, $context, &#039;mod_glossary&#039;, &#039;attachment&#039;, $entry-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
// store the updated value values&lt;br /&gt;
$DB-&amp;gt;update_record(&#039;glossary_entries&#039;, $entry);&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Things to note:&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are adding a new record, you will still need to call update_record after calling the file_postupdate* functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Gotchas ===&lt;br /&gt;
A few things to keep in mind:&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure that you instantiate the moodle form before any call to $OUTPUT-&amp;gt;header()&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[File API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Using the file API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Repository API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Portfolio API]]&lt;br /&gt;
* MDL-14589 - File API Meta issue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Files]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Repositories]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jaime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Developer_documentation&amp;diff=566</id>
		<title>Developer documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=Developer_documentation&amp;diff=566"/>
		<updated>2008-01-14T02:24:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jaime: Link to Portuguese translation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;note&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; New developer documentation pages should be added to the &#039;&#039;Development namespace&#039;&#039; by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Development:&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; before the new page name i.e. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[New page name]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If you are a developer, you probably want to change your [[Special:Preferences|preferences]] to include the Development namespace in searches.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;A page may be added to the Developer category by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Category:New page name]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; at the bottom of the page.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How Moodle development works==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Overview|overview of the Moodle development process]] may be handy in understanding how the development of Moodle occurs and how people become Moodle developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guidelines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following guidelines are crucial reading for anyone wanting to contribute to the Moodle code base:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Coding|Coding guidelines]] have to be followed by all Moodle developers&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Moodle design goals]] spells out the basic design goals behind Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Interface guidelines]] aim to provide a common feel to the Moodle user interface&lt;br /&gt;
*[[CVS (developer)|Moodle CVS for developers]] explains how to work with the Moodle code in CVS&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Tracker]] explains the Moodle Tracker for keeping track of bugs, issues, feature requests etc&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Working with the Community|Working with the Community]] explains how to engage with the dev community and discuss changes&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Unit tests|Unit tests]] explains how to run the unit tests, and how to write new test cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation for core components==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section is for documentation of specific components of the existing core Moodle code. Discussion of components that are under discussion or in development can be found in the [[Developer notes]] or on the [[Roadmap]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The documents below give a general overview. For detailed function-by-function documentation, see the [http://phpdocs.moodle.org/ phpDocumentor] documentation that is automatically generated from the comments in the code. And don&#039;t forget that the most up-to-date and detailed description of how the code works is the code itself, and you can [http://xref.moodle.org/nav.html?index.html browse the code online using phpXRef]. Moodle code should be easy to read and understand. Use the source, Luke!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Core components that affect everything===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Database schema introduction|The database schema]]&lt;br /&gt;
*lib/moodlelib.php &lt;br /&gt;
*[[lib/weblib.php|lib/weblib.php]] for outputting stuff.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[XMLDB_Documentation|Database abstraction layer]] @ v[[1.7]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Roles|Roles and Capabilities system]] @ v[[1.7]] for controlling who can do what.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[lib/formslib.php|Forms library]] @ v[[1.8]] for creating accessible and secure HTML forms that let users edit things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Core libraries with a more specific uses===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Authentication API]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cookieless Sessions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Email processing]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Environment checking|Environment checking]] before install, check the user&#039;s server to ensure Moodle will work there.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Groups|Groups system]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Grades|Gradebook]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Moodle Network|Moodle Network]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Question engine]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Stats package]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UTF-8 migration|Migration to UTF-8]] @ v[[:Category:Moodle 1.6|1.6]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://developer.yahoo.com/yui YUI JavaScript library] - YUI was selected as the official AJAX library for Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[lib/graphlib|lib/graphlib]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Modules included in the standard distribution===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Quiz developer docs|Quiz module]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[SCORM schema|SCORM module 1.5 schema]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How you can contribute==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Make a new plugin===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M in Moodle stands for modular, and the easiest, most maintainable way to add new functionality to Moodle is by using one of the many plugin APIs. There are many types of plugin you can write:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Modules|Activity modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Admin reports|Admin reports]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Assignment types|Assignment types]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Authentication plugins|Authentication plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Blocks|Blocks]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Course formats]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Course Report Plugins|Course reports]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Database fields|Database fields]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Database presets|Database presets]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Enrolment plugins|Enrolment plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Filters|Filters]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Gradebook plugins|Gradebook plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Gradebook report|Gradebook report]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Gradebook export|Gradebook export]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Gradebook import|Gradebook import]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Question engine|Question engine]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Question import/export formats|Question import/export formats]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[How to write a quiz report plugin|Quiz reports]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Resource types|Resource types]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[SSO plugins|SSO plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Search engine adapters|Search engine adapters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have developed a new component please publish it in the [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?id=6009 Moodle modules and plugins database].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change core code===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some types of change can only be made by editing the core Moodle code. Such changes are much harder to maintain than plugins. If you want your core change to be considered for inclusion in the official Moodle release, you need to create an issue in the [[Tracker|tracker]], and attach your change as a [[How_to_create_a_patch|patch]]. It is also a good idea to discuss your ideas in the forums first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ways to contribute that do not involve PHP programming===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Themes|Create Moodle themes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Translation|Translate Moodle into other languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[MoodleDocs:Guidelines for contributors|Help document Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Database schemas|Database schemas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Tests|Join the testing effort]], which involves [[Tracker|participating in the bug tracker]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Plans for the future==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ideas for and details of planned future features of Moodle are initially discussed on the forums in the [http://moodle.org/course/view.php?id=5 Using Moodle] course at moodle.org. That developer discussions are intermixed with user discussions in the same forums may seem strange at first but is one of the reasons for the success of Moodle. It is important that both end-users and developers discuss the future features together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once ideas begin to crystallize on the forums they can be summarized in this wiki, either as part of the [[Roadmap]] or in the form of [[Developer notes]]. These pages then form the basis for further discussion in the forums.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Roadmap]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Developer notes|Developer notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Student projects]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Developer conferences]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Resources and tools ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Developer FAQ]] - frequently asked questions, especially useful for newcomers to Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Finding_your_way_into_the_Moodle_code|Finding your way into the Moodle code]] - also aimed at newcomers&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://tracker.moodle.org/ Moodle tracker] - bug reports, feature requests and other tracked issues&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Firefox tracker search]] - How to setup a firefox quicksearch to easily navigate to moodle bugs&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Unmerged files]] - changes on the stable branch in CVS that have not been merged to HEAD&lt;br /&gt;
*Browse the code online:&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://cvs.moodle.org/moodle/ the code with a complete change history from CVS]&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://xref.moodle.org/index.html the code, with links generated by PHPXref]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://phpdocs.moodle.org/ Moodle PHP doc reference] - compiled from the comment attached to each class and function in the code&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Database Schema|Database Schema]] - for recent releases&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/course/view.php?id=5#4 Development news and discussion] section of Using Moodle course&lt;br /&gt;
**especially the [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=55 General developer forum]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Filters used on the Moodle.org forums|cool tricks you can use in the moodle.org forums]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Some tools people use when working on Moodle code:&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Setting_up_Eclipse|Setting up Eclipse for Moodle development]] - Eclipse is a great editor to use for php development, if you can work out how to set it up.&lt;br /&gt;
**[[vim|Setting up Vim for Moodle development]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[ctags|Ctags]] - Using a tags file to navigate code&lt;br /&gt;
**[[W3C_validation|W3C HTML validator]] - Moodle has built in support to make using it easier.&lt;br /&gt;
**Firebug plugin for Firefox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://security.moodle.org/ Moodle Security Centre]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.com/partners/ Moodle Partners] - providers of custom Moodle development services&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Documentación para Desarrolladores]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Documentation développeur]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[pt:Desenvolvimento:Documentação para programadores]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[zh:开发者文档]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:開発者ドキュメント]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jaime</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=User:Jaime_Villate&amp;diff=20410</id>
		<title>User:Jaime Villate</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/index.php?title=User:Jaime_Villate&amp;diff=20410"/>
		<updated>2008-01-07T13:42:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Jaime: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Professor of Physics at the University of Porto. Responsible for the Portuguese translation of Moodle.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Jaime</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>